IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1^128 u m |25 ■ 22 Hx)tographic Sciences Corporation 23 wmt MAIN ITRHT vmsrn.N.Y. hsm ( 71* ) 173-4103 ^ A ^ ^. y -^: ^ :- <.- % "V CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/iCMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Instituta for Historical IMicroraproductions / inttitut Canadian da microraproductions historiquaa Technical and Bibliographic Notaa/Notos tachniquaa at bibliographiquas The Institiite haa attempted to obtain the beat original copy available for filming. Featurea of thia copy which may Ise bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the imagea in tha reproduction, or which may aignifictntly change the uaual method of filming, are checked below. D D D D n D D Q Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagAe Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^ et/ou pelliculAe I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I I Coloured maps/ Cartes giographiquas en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ ReliA aver d'autres documents Tight binding may cauae shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge intArieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever poasible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certainea pages blanches ajoutAes lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. mais, lorsque cela Atait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 4tA film^as. L'institut a microfilm^ la meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a it* possible de se procurer. Les ^^itaiis de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dana la mAthode normale de filmage sont indiquAs ci-dessous. - - |~~| Coloured pages/ Pagea de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagias □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restauries et/ou pelliculAes Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages dicolories, tachet6es ou piqui Pages dicolories, tachet6es ou piqudes Pages ditachies Showthroughy Transparence Quality of prir Oualitd inigale de I'impression Includes supplementary materii Comprend du matArie! supplimentaire Only edition available/ Seule Mition disponible I I Pages detached/ r^ Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ I I Only edition available/ D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, una pelure, etc., ont M fiimAes A nouveau de fapon A obtenir la meiileure image possible. The 04 to the The in possll of the filmin Origin begini the lai sion, ( other first p sion, I or illu The la shall ( TINUI which Maps, diffan entirel beglni right I requir methc Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentaires- Ths numbtring on mmtm psgtt ii rtpsatsd. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio chocked below/ Ce document est filmi au taux de reduction indiqu* oi-dessout. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X aox s J 12X lex aox MX ax 32X aire u«s du t modifier ger une I filmage The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: MorifMt Library Univtnity of Ottawa The images appearing here are the best quaiity possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in Iceeping wKh the filming contract specifications. L'ftxempiaire film* fut reproduit grice A la ginArositA de: Biblioth4qua Morinat UnivarsitA d'Ottawa Les images suivantes ont 4t4 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at de la nettet* de I'exemplaire film*, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat ds filmage. 6es Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or Illustrated Impres- sion, or the bacic cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprim^e sent filmAs en commenpant par le premier plat et en termlnant soit par la dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustratlon, soit par le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmte on commen9ant par la premlAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d 'illustration et en termlnant par la dernlAre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol ^»> (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol Y (meaning "END "), whichever applies. Un den symboles sulvants apparaltra sur la dernlAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols — ► signlfie A SUIVRE ', le symbols V signlfie "FIN". re Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diegrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent Atre filmte A des taux de rMuctlon diffArents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul cllchA, il est film* A partir de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'Images nicessaire. Les diagrammes sulvants iilustrent la mAthode. y errata Bd to nt ne pelure, ipon A 1 2 3 32X 1 2 3 4 5 6 ^^ .^* i w n. ■ '^ ^ %:%■ :• .-...:•- /•% 3|[k)i & C-C^P ■^1 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY ^, OP THE BRITISH COLONIES; i t ' TO WmOB AUt ADDBD A 8KBTCH OF THE VARIOUS INDIAN TRIBM OF BRITISH AMBRIOA, AND BRIBF BIOORAPBICAL MOTICBS OF BM INBNT PERSONS CONNBCTBD WITH ITS HISTORT. BY J. GEORGE HODGINS, M.A. Deputy Superintendent of Education for Upper CanwU, intutrstet tiiti^ Sig^ta sttptrior Cngrabinfi on flSaoli. NINTH THOUSAND. TOEONTO: PUBLISHED BT MACLBAB & CO. ; JAMES CAMPBELL: AND B. A A. MILLBl. 1860. ram MTBU Air> MMOII. ,/^ ^ 1"": ** In aeientid excellere pulchrum eat ; aed neteire Inrpt" ' 'i-.'' EDtered, aooordtng to an Act of the ProTinoial Legislature, in the year 1867, bj John Qborob Hodoiito, Id the office of the Registrar of the ProTinoe of Cnaada. %h j'i ft. ,A-.-"iJ vl. FROM THE PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 1 .17 a '.;;•'. ■*'f-'.>i .ia>:-- -.1 ^ ^^^'r%:.,i-/ ' The necessity for a work of this kind is the primary reason of its publication. Until a very recent period, the pupils of our public and priyate schools were left, either to glean a scanty knowledge of their own and the sister Provinces through the often uncertain and inaccurate medium of an European geography, or to adopt the foreigner's unfriendly interpre- tation of our colonial institutions and laws. This unwise and anomalous state of things has become the more serious, since, under the enlightened system of self-government so frankly conceded to all the British North American Provinces, commercial intercourse has become frequent between them, and a political and social bond of sympathy has been created, which renders absolutely necessary a fuller acquaintance with the mutual history, condition, and capabilities of each. To supply this information, in the simplest form, has been the author's aim. The best accessible authorities have been consulted, and the latest ^ d' liamentary returns made available. The paragraphs relating to the special subject of geology, have received their final corrections from Sir William Logan, the distin- guished geologist of Canada, and J. W. Dawson, Esq., LL.D., Principal of McGill College, Montreal, and a high authority upon the geology of Nova Scotia, I ii ^^ nwi .■^ PREFACE TO THE SECOND AND THIRD EDITIONS. 'tvy i; So cordiaHy have the first editions of this Geography and History been received by the public, and so general has been the call for another edition, that the author has lost no time in preparing one for the press. In order to make the work still more attractive, he has added several introductory pages of new matter, (including sketches of the general Geo- graphy of Europe, Asia, Africa, America and the United States,) and inserted a few additional engravings. Although the former arrangement of the pages has been retained, some sections have been re-written ; and the chapter relating to the Indians has been entirely re-cast, as well as greatly improved and enlarged. This brief record of the early history of the aborigines (^ die country, the author deems to be essential to the completeness of any sketch of Canadian Geography and History, especially as traces of the musical language of the Indians still linger in the names of many of the civil and geographical divisions of the country, — a country which was once entirely their own. In the preparation of this edition for the press, the acknowledgments of the author are especially due to the Rev. John Gray, of Orillia ; the Rev. J. B. A. Ferland, Professor of History in the University of Lavai, Quebec; and to the Rev. Lovds Lafleche, for many yean a missionary among the Indians at the north-west.* ^. ^ ni, i.i^ The author has great pleasure in stating that, iX tbe reqneat of Vb. enterprising Canadian publisher, John Lovell, Esq., he is now engiaged ia < the preparation of a work on general gec^raphy (embradii^ every coonttj in the world), which is designed to supersede the anti-Britbh pttblications on geography, which are to be found in many of our schools. * Thanki are also doe to the Hon. P. J. O. OhtuveMi and to Henry Fisher, Esq., Chief Snperin^ tendents of Bdooation in Loirer Caoad* and New Braunrldi, and lo other ««ntlemen for Ihiir kind assiitanoe. \ -,^.,. ^r A FEW WORDS TO THE TEACHER. To the teacher a few words from the anther may not be inappropriate. In teaching the geography and history of a country, a map of tne place described is an ahuost indis- pensable necessity. It aids in illustrating the lesson, gives interest to the iostmction, and associates in the mind of the pupil the outline and chief features of the ooantry, with iti history, ita memorable places, and the achievements of its sons. The Heights of Alma aiod the Heights of Qneenston are historic spots alike to the French and English; but to be enabled to trace the course of the Alma and the Niagara, gives interest to the other* wise dry details, and fixes indelibly in the mind of the pupil tiie lesson of instruction soaght to be imparted by the teaidier. Where a large map is not accessible to the teacher, it might be. well to direet; aa eocpert popU to. draw upon the black-board from, aa atlas,, an enlaced outlina of the country de- «anbed, — its rivers, mountains, and political divisions. This adds interest and varie^ to the lesson ; and even where maps are avdiable, practice of this kind is a sure means of imprinting upon the messo^ the-bonndariesi physical features and peeuliarities of outline of the country thus depicted. Where thia can be done by the class on a smaller scale, tmd as an exercise upoi^ paper from time to time,— accompanying th« outline with a wzitten sketch of the subject of the lesson,— clearness and accuracy, as well aa thorough- ness wiU be acquired. It would greatly fiioilitate the labor of the teacher were he, before assigning any les- sen in geo^phy and history, to teat, by a few conversational questions, the pupil's kaow- ledge of his own immediate neighborhood or residence, ortbit of;theseboolhouse» the adjacent hills, streams, valleys, roads, country, town or village boundaries, etc. The pupil could thus be led to see that the geography and history, contained in the text book, were but an aggregate of local knowle(^e,coHected faito a convettient and accessible shape. To the foot of each page has been added a series of questions in the fbrm of exevoiaes OB the preceding lesson. These questions are simply designed to indicate the natove of the lesson on the page ; and may ba varied or omitted at the discretion of the tea^ben In regard to the geography and hisk>ry. of Upper and Lower Canada, the biographieal and other notices inserted in the work, it may be proper to remark that they are gtyen with some minuteness of detail. The teacher can, however, select such portions omy as he may deem suitable for the less advanced among his pupib, and require the parts oedtted to be mastered at some future time. The short sketches of the Gulf Stream, (pe^e 74,) "the banks," and snbmarine tele- gpraph, of Newfoundland, etc, (pages 94, 96,) are inserted because of the general interest which attaches to them. In oi-r^Mr.. V. Lower Oanada ......' j|g; VI. The Peovinob ok Oahada - - - • - • ; • - - 8t ' '»• VII. The Inwaics or BamBH North Axirioa - - ^'•^^i- *!^ i . u -j^Vin. The Histoet of Oanasa - - - -60 isf IX. Famoo3 Canadian Battle-Oeounds, oe Foetifibd Poits • • ' vHttktpil ,Vi X. BlOGBAPHIOAL SKETCHES - - « ^- - . - - • • •$ ^, XI. Peovinob of Nova Sootia - - • • > ,• - ;. * • W XII. Histoet of Nova Sootia and Cape Beeton • ... - - '7" :;; XIII. Peovinob of New Beunswiok ---88 Xrv. Histoet of. New Beunswiok - - - - • •»• -85 XV. Peovinob of Peinob Edwaed Island i '•*^a ■!• - • • ■ 88 XVL Histoet of Peinob Edwaed Island ... - - - - 91 XVn. The Peovinob of Newfoundland - - - , • - - • 92 XVIIL The Histoet of Newfoundland - - - - • " - - -97 XIX. The Ladeaoob Pbnninsula- • i; • - lOl XX. Hudson's Bat Tbeeitoeibs - - -- • -- • - 102 XXL Histoet of the Hudson's Bat Tbreitoeibs - - • * - 106 XXIL The Other Beitish Colonibs in Ambeioa - • • - * - 108 XXni. Beitish Colonies in Asia -.--•-•-- 115." XXIV. Beitish Colonies in Australia - - • • - - • -117 XXV. The British Colonies in oe neae Afrzoa • - ; - « - 119 XX VL British Dbpendbnoibb in Eueope • 122 Conclusion • • 1*8. XXVn. Table of Colonial Chronology - - • -184 XXVIIL Table of Colonial Precedence - - - - - " -• 188 / ) ^■■: %■; iii^. '%* '^'^'mW'MnM:>^00tm^^^. GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY. J. v . '■ :j * *" h . i r AOB • iii :.'.; -rt 1 - 5 12 - 14 ir 28 > - 81 ] 44 - 60 69 . . 68 72 . ^9 82 . 86 88 - 91 92 - 91 101 . 102 106 - 108 116 . Ill 119 - 122 128 - 124 128 I. INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER. !• Geography is a description of the Earth. It is divided into Astronomicalt Physical, and Political. Astronomical, refers to the reU- tion of the Earth to the other heavenly bodies ; Physical, to its peculiarity of surface ; and Political, to its divisions under various governments. 2. Form, Stae, and Motions of the Barth.— The shape of the earth is like that of an orange — slightly flattened at the North and South Poles. It is nearly 24,000 miles in circumference, and 8,000 in diameter. It is about 95,000.000 miles from the sun and 287,000 £rom the moon (which makes a ^ monthly revolution round it) The earth revoles daily on its own axis —(See N. and S. in the diagram and yearly in an orbit round the sun. The daily rotation of the earth produces day and night. Its an- nual revolution round the sun, and the inclination of its axis to the plane of its orbit, cause the change of seasons known as Spring, Sum- mer, Autumn and Winter. 3. The other Heavenly Bodies Planets, the Comets, and the Asteroids. TH E SEASONS J^.- ys -^x "0 • -^i» ^H/ \Sammfr n Sr' *B Slimmer in tktSou&trn. Bemitphfit which revolve round the sun, are the distant Planets, from a Oreek word, signifies " a wan* derer." Comets have one point of their orbit near the sun, and the opposite point very &r oft Asteroids are minute planets, or parts of planets. The Sun and all these re- volving bodies form the solar system. Beyond this solar system are the fixed stars^ supposed to be suns and the centres of other systems. The Milky-way, which may be seen on a clear bright night, is composed of nebulse, or clusters of stars. 4.^ The Orbits, or paths, of the other planets are inclined to that of the earth; that is, they are not in the same plane. The following figure represents an oblique view of the plane of the Ecliptic, the orbits of all the primary planets, and the comet ■KMreMM.— What is geomphy P How ^ded ? DsMiribe the form, sise, and motions of the eartii, and give its distances from the sun to the moon. What are the reasons ? Describe other heavenly bodies. &^ w.^^ OEOORAPHY AND HISTORY OF ■ ■ ^i*--^ fit '^ 1 Jjt' ffiTrr * • ■ ♦ • THK SODIAO AMD TBB OBLIQUE VIKW Of THB PLAKB Or THt MUPTIO. of 1680. The white line ehowB that part of eaoh orbit wbith ii above the plane ; ^0» dotted line, that below it The point where the white and dotted linee meet, tiuil ifl^, where the orbit croasea the ecliptic, is called "the node," from fuxftit, a tie or knot. The ecliptic is the apparent path of the bud in the heayens* but the real path of the earth round the sun. It is called the ecliptic, because every eclipse of the lun or moon must be in or near it The zodiac is a space or belt sixteen degrees broad, and el^ht degrees on eaoh side of the ecliptic. It is called aodiao firom the Greek word. Zo-on, an animal, because all the stars, in the twelve parte into which the ancienti divided it were formed into constellations, and most of the twelve eonsteUationa were called after some animal. The twelye sigoB are given on the edge of both diagrami. The circular white lines to the right crossing the inner orUts, represent the greatly U^ olined orbit of the planet Pallas ; those to tne left, represent the orbit of the eomei ot 1680. The black spaces within the orbits represent Uie several planes of those orbita. I. ABTITIGIAL DIYISIOITI AND DBflVITIOirt. 8. Til* Burth is divided by the equator, or equinoctial line, into the Northern and Southern, and by a meridian Tne, or equinoc- tial column, into the Eastern and Western ffemiMphern, or half-globes. The axit Is an Imuinary line paasinff through the centre of the earth, upon whioh it is sutiposed to turn. The two ends of this line are called "jhwfvtees.-What are" orbits r What be" node r Describe the "eeltplio'* and the "l . CHve the "signs "of the sodtaMs. Describe the diagram. HowisthesarthdIridedlntolismispiiaNif the North and South Pole$. The egnatot is an iraaginarj line passing round the earth, midway between these poles. LatitutU ia the distance, north or south, of this equator. MiricUan is an imaginary line passing round the earth and through the poles. Loiwi- tudein the distance, east or west, of tola meridian line. Zone* are imaginary belli THE BRITISB COLON IKS— ^IMTBODVCTORY CHAPTBR. MMUg roond the earth mt equal dia^anoea the two temperate, north and aoulh of the orom, and parallel to, the equator. There equator; and the north and aouth Mgid are flye conea: the torrid, at the equator ; ione8,at the two polea, or polar oirelea. 6. fliirfMM.~-The earth'ii rarfaea ia divided into hmd and water. The land Itea da»fty in the Northern Hemia|diere, and oocupiea but oae-ftmrth of ita aorfiwe. {80$ the magrvm bthv.) The land lurface of the earth is dirided into Continenta, lelanda, Peoinaalaa, lathmnaes, Oapea, Ooasts, Moantains, Plaini, YallegFa^ Deseit.-., Ae. PBoroKTioir or i.avd ahs watu oh thb olobb. (1) A Conttnent i* a yast body of land, eB!>racinK sereral countries. (2) An Isiknd is a portico of hind entirely surrounded by water. (3) A Penlnaula is a portion of land almost surrounded by water. (4) An liBtliniiui is a narrow neok of land uniti^ two larger portions. land. Mountains occur sinely or fai chains. Smaller elevatioDs are oallM hills. (8) A Toloano Is a mountain which sends out fire, smoke, or lara. (9) A Plain is a portion of leyel country. An extensiye eleyated plain is called a plateau, or table-land. (lOj A Vallay is a tract of country Desert is a barren tract «f uioally conaistinff of sand and rodas. (9) A Cape is a pdnt of Umd project* lying between mountains or hills, lilg into an ocean, sea, or lake. (u) A r~ (6) A Ooaat or Shore is the margin country, urai of land bordering on an ocean, sea, or laike. (12) An OaMa is a fertile spot in Mm (7) A Mountain is a lofty eleyation of midst of a desert eomitry. 7. The Water ooyars three-fourths of the earth's surfoce. or nearly the entin Socthem Hemiukhere — (£W the diagram above)— tod is divided intw Oceana, Seaa, Archipelagoes, Oulfii, Bays, Lakes, Stndts, Channels, and Rivers. (1) An Ooean is a rut body of salt (2) A Bea is a smaller body of watsor, separating continents. than an ooean, nearly surroooded by land. -NaoM the sonss. Whsrs are thsgr sitMtedr How is the earth's snHhos dlvlisdt Give tiM deflaltloBs of the vavioos kad and watsr divisions as ihey are Bumbsied sbove. a .Kr^f. i;i /Jr-- GEbORAPHY AND HISTORY OF (3) An Arolilp«lago Is a sea dotted oyer with islands. (4) A Onlf or Bay is a body of water extending into the land. (5) A Lake is a body of fresh water surrounded by land. Some salt lakes, when huge, are commonly called seas. (6) A Strait is a narrow passage con< necting two larger bodies of water. (7) A Channel is a narrow passage generally wider than a strait. (8) A Blver b a stream of fresh water flowing over the land. Where it bM^ns is the source, where it ends is the mouth, and the part between these two points is the course. The channel is the hollow worn out by the stream, and the basin is the area drained by the river. The confluence is where two streams meet ; and ^e one which there loses its name is called the tri- butary. The ridge separating two river basins is called the watershed. (9) The Ooeana are the Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and Antarctic. 8. The Chief Natural Phenomena which are observable, are winds, clouds, fogs, rain, snow, hail, glaciers, avalanches, water-spouts, meteors, volcanoes, and tides. _ SHOW LINE OR LIMIT IX THK DIFFBBBIfT Z05BS. 9. Rain falls sometime during the year on every part ot the Qlobe except on the Ridn- less Districts, in the centre of Asia and Africa. Snow falls at the nea level upon Europe ; the northern parts of Asia, Africa, and North America ; and on the southern p^rts of Australia, Africa, and South America. Within the trooics, it falls on the mountains at a height of from 16,000 to 20,000 feet above the level of the sea. The snow line or limit in the different zones is shown in the preceding diagram. 10. The Political Dlvlslona of the earth are named Empires, Kingdoms, and Republics. In empires and kingdoms, the form of government is styled a Monarchy. The Emperor, King, or Queen, is generally an hereditary monarch. Where the monarch poesesBes unlimited power, as in Russia, the government of the country is oalled an Ab$olute Monarchy. Where the monarch's power is limited, as in England, the government is termed a Constitutional, or Limited Monarchy. A Republic is a country governed by rulers who are elected for stated periods of time. 11. The Different Nations of the earth ai e usually divided into the savage, hal^ oiviliied, and the civiliied. In the savage state, men subsist chiefly by hunting, fishing, and the spontaneous productions of the earth. The civilised and enlightened Ohriatiiui nations are distinguished for their advancement in science, literature, and the arts. JEMToisM.— Give the definitions of the divisioni of the e«rth'« water surflwe. What li saM of aakoral phenomena, rain, Jko. f Give the poUtloal divisioDS nentiooed. How are aatloas dividad t THE S> nSH COLONIES —EUROPEAN GEOGRAPHY. S 12. The Prlndpai Forma of Religton in the world are the Ohriatian, Jewiih, HohMnmedan, and Pagan. Ghrutiant are those who believe in the Bible and in Jeraa ■Ohrist as the Saviour of mankind. Jewa are those who believe in the Old, but rejeet ^e New Testament, and expect a Saviour or Messiah yet to oome. Mo-hmn'tne-dant are tiiose who believe in Ma'bomet, a religious impostor, who lived in Arabia about 600 jean after Christ. Pagant are those who believe in false gods, and who worship idols. 13. Land DIvlaioiia.- -The following are the five great divisions of the earth : Dimtom Sorfce* la KafUsh iqnmr* mile*. Lentth of Gout Line. MIlM of Sarfeee to one of CoMt. FopuUttoB. PopuUtioa to tq. mil*. MCM Hclffbl akOTO 8««. a»to>« OmmIm AMm S,ilO,000 4,100,000 11,670,000 14,070,000 IS,a7S,000 nil tos 714 848 500 800,000,000 85,000,000 100,000,000 80,000,000 850,000,000 88 8 *0 mutt. AawriM AM* N.A.,748(8.A.. I.llg. i,m. II. SKETCH OF GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. '■'' 1. THE CONTINENT OF EUROPE. 1. Europe, with the smallest area, is the most important division of the Globe. It is bounded on the north by the Arctic Ocean, on the west by the Atlantic Ocean, on the south by the Mediterranean Sea, and on the east by the Caspian Sea, the Oural [Ural] River, and the Ural Mountains. 2. Pby^oal Features. — Europe has four great mountain chains: (I) That between Norway and Sweden; (2) The Alps, north of Italy ; (3) The Pyrenees, oetween Franoe and Spain ; (4) The Oarpathiao, north and east of Hungary. It is also noted for its numerous inland seas, bays, aud gulfs, which give it peculiar advantages for commerce. 3. The Prlnolpal European Seas Gulf of Lyons, south of Franoe ; Gulf of are the White Sea, north of Russia ; Ger man Ocean, between Britain and the Oonti nent; Baltic Sea, between Denmark, Ger- many, Russia, and Sweden ; Irish Sea and St. George's Channel, between Ireland and Britain; English Ohanne!, between Eng- land and France ; Mediten-anean Sea, sepa* rating Europe and Africa; and the Black Sea and Sea of Asuf, between Russia, Turkey -in Europo. and Turkey*io-Asia. 4. The Priaolpal QtUls and Bays are the Gulf of Bothnia at u.^ north, and the Gulfs of Finland and Riga, east of the Baltic; Oattegat and Skager Rack be* Iween the Baltic and Nordi Sea; Bay of Biscay, or Gulf of France, west of France; Qen'oa, north-west of Italy; and the Gulf of Taranto, south of Italy. 5. The Principal Btralts are the Sound, the Great Belt, and the Little Belt, outlets of the Baltic ; Strait of Dover, con- necting the North Sea and the English OhaP'^nl ; Strait of Gibraltar, inlet to Ihs Mediterranean ; Strait of BonifiMio, be- tween Corsica and Sardinia; Faro-di-MM* sina, between Italy and Sicily; Strait of Otranto, entering the Adriatic Sea; the Dardanelles, between the iEgcan 8aa and the Sea of liifi; Strait of OonataoU- nople, or Bosporus, entering the BUok Sea ; Strait of Kertch, or Teo-lka-leh, entering tJie Sea of Aaof. J tow - n jfes.— Mention the prinoipai Ibnas of rellck... Give the land diviiions of the earth ana 1M boiuidarl88b Rhjrsiaal iMilweSb ssaa^ ga^ b^Si and straits ef Bttvope. % tm GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF 6. The Principal Islands in the Arctic Ocean are : Nova, Zembia, and Spitz-ber-gen ; in the Atlantic^ Faroe Isles, the British Isles, and the A^res fa-sores]; in the Baltic, Oland, Oottlaod, Oesel, Dago, and the Aland Isles ; in the Mediterranean, the Balearic Isles ; Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily, and Malta, off the coasts of Italy ; Ionian Islands, off the coast of Greece ; Crete, Ne> gropont, and the Cyc-la-des, in the iS^ean Sea. 7. The Principal Rivers are the Volga, Danube, Dnieper [nee-per], Don, Rhine, and Dwina. The Volga and Dan- ube discharge nearly as much water as all the other rivers of Europe. 8. The Principal Lakes are the Wener and Wetter, in Sweden ; Lad-o-ga, in Russia ; Geneva, Constance, ZiiricA, Luzem, and Neu-ch&-tel [new-sha-tel], in Switzer- land; Maggiore [mad-jo-re], Como, and Gardo, in northern Italy; and Neusiedler [noi-seed-ler] and Balaton in Austria. 9. Climate.— As Europe lies chiefly within a temperate zone, it is exempt from the extremes of heat and cold to which other divisions of the Globe ai-e subject. 10. Prodnotions.— Orange, oitron, fig, vine, rice, and tobacco are cultivated in the south, but apples, pears, apricots, peaches, and walnuts are the principal fruits. The trees are the oak, beech, fir, cheanut, pine, Ac. In the northern regions vegetation b more scanty. Wheat will not grow beyond the middle of Norway and Sweden. The principal mineral productions of Europe are iron, lead, copper, and tin ; gold and silver being only found in small quantities. Coal is very abundant in Britidn and Bel- gium ; it is also found in France, Prussia, Austria, and Russia. Europe abounds in all the useful animals. Neany all the wild animals and reptiles have disappeared. Birds are numerous. U. The Population of Europe is about 270,000,000. The most densely peo- pled countries are Belgium, Britain, and the Netherlands proper. 12. Religion.— The Christian religion under the three divisions of the Protestant, the Roman Catholic, and the Greek Church- es, prevails in every part of Europe, except in Turkey, where a portion of the people are Mohammedans. 13. Countries. — Europe includes the following countries, with their capitals : Cbiwilry. OmpUal. Sardinia Turin. Saxony Dresden. The Netherlands Amsterdam. BelRium Brussels. Hanover Hanover. Cbyiilrir. Cvitai. England') rLondon. Ireland > -^Dublin. Scotland; CE^inburgh France Purls. Russia Ht.Petersburgh. Austria Vienna. Prussia Berlin. Spain Madrid. 14 OMtnlry. Capital. Tuscany Florence. Papal States Borne. Two Sicilies Naples. Norway ) ( Christiania. Sweden > ( Stookho/m. Denmark Gopenhaaren. Wurtemburs Stuttgart- Bavaria Munich. Switzerland Berne. Greece Ath-ens. Turkey (in part) Constantinople. The British Empire embraces the British Islands, and the following Colonial possessions and dependencids of the Crown: (1) In America, the five British North pendencies and Malta, in the Mediterfa- American Provinces, the Bermuda Isles, and nean ; the Fortress and Town of Gibraltar, several Islands of the West Indies: together in Spain ; the Islands in the Enffliah Chan- with the Colony of Balize and the Ruatan nel ; and the Island of Hel-i-go4and in the Bay Islands, British Guiana, the Falkland North Sea. (Se«page$ 121, 122.) Isles, &0. {See pagea 18, \U.) (3) In Asia, British India; Ceylon; (2) In Europe, the Ionian Island de- Labuan ; the Isle of Perim ; Aden, in tbua JSiwrdfM.— Give the islands, rivers, lakes, climate, productions, population, forms of religton, flountrias, and cmiitals of Europe. What is ambraoed in tht British Bii4>lre F t) THE BRITISH COLONIES — BRITISH EMPIRE. Arabia; and the Island of Hong Kong, off the ooaat of China. {8e« pages 116, 110.) (4^ In Africa, the Colonies of Natal, Kaffraria, the Cape of Good Hope, and Sierra Leone, and other settlements on the coast of the Oulf of Guinea [ghin-e] : together with the Islands of Ma- uritius [mau'nsh^-us], Seychelles [sashell], St. He-le-na, and Ascension off the east and west coast. I (5m paaet 119, 120.) (5) ui Ooeanioa, New South Wales, Victoria, and Uie other Colonies in Australia; Tasnmnia, or New Zealand ; and Norfolk Island. (Paaea 117, 118.) (6) These Colonies, togetlier with the Bri- tish Isles, constitute the British Empire. Thdr united area amounts to about 8,900,000 square miles, and their total population to upwards of one hundred and seventy milllions. BBD SKBiov A.VD PBHiTAHT. [R. £ed.] 15. The Biltlsh Islands include the three kingdoms of England, Ireland, and Scotland, now united under one Sovereign and legislature. These islands are separated from Conti- nental Europe by the North Sea, the Straits of Dover and the English Channel. Of the three kingdoms, England is the chief. London, the metropolis, is the greatest commer- cial city in the world, the seat of the legislature of the three kingdoms, and of the executive power of the Erjpire. 16. Her Majesty the Queen, as the head of the executive and the fountain of all dignity and honour, is the chief personage in the realm. Her official court is held at St. James' Palace, London. Heb court is also held at Buckingham palace, near the city. Osborne, in the Isle of Wight, and Balmoral, in Scotland, are private resi- dences. Her chief residence, Windsor Castle, situated on{ the Thames, was originally built by William the Conqueror.! 17. The British form of Oovemment is an here- ditary, limited monarchy. The legislative power is vested! in the Queen (in whose name all laws are promulgated) ; in the House of Lords (consisting of Bishops and Peen of the United Kingdom, certain representative Peers from Ireland and Scotland, and Bishops from Ireland) ; and in the House of Commons, oonsisting of 668 members, elected from the counties, cities, and boroughs of the Uiree kingdoms. 18. Colonial Oovemments.— The Acts of the Bri- tish Pariiament extend onlyto the Colonies when speciHlly Saised for that purpose. The authority by which Canada, fewfoundland, and other Colonies assemble legislatures or their own and pass laws for their government, is derived from acta of the Imperial JbMftf^aM.— Mention the names of the British Coioniei and Dependencies. What is said of the flag, the British Islands, Her Mi^y the Queen, and the British QovermeDt } OKOGRAPUY AND HISTORY OP ^ . »-, .^\t' i'fr'r % ... / ■vtffn.i^jfc^:^^i,av.^^ ^^ ^ <, v^ :^ . WIITDBOB OASTUi. THE OHIXV KESIDKCITB OV THB QITIBH. '.tft^^i^' ■ PMrliament. Some, however, derive this right from Royal Charter (or order in Ooand)% modified by Act's of Parliament, euch as Nova Scotia, New Brunswielr, 4m. The rb- mainder are "Crown Colonies," the power to legislate for which is still vested in tlit- Orown. The most important of the British Colonies are in North America. II. THE CONTINENT OF ASIA. 19< Asia is the largest division of the glohe, and contains nearly half the- human race. It was the first abode of man, the seat of his first empir^. and the scene of most of the events recorded in Scripture. It is bounded by the Arctic Ocean on the north, the Pacific on the east, the Indum Ocean on the souti^ and by the Red Sea, the Isthmus of Suez, the Medi- terranean Sea, J&f^a^n Sea, Sea of Marmora, Black Sea, Cau'Ca-ti^ui Mountanu, Caspian Sea, Ural River, and Ural Mountains, on the west. The latlimus of Suez joins Asia to Africa, and the Cau'ca-si-an and Ural Mountains connect it with £urope. 20. The Principal Seas to the west are the Black Sea, Marmora, .Aigean, and Le-vant. To the «outb, the Arabian and Red Seas, Persian Oulf, and Bay of Bengal, To the east,* the Chinese, Yellow, Japan, 0-khotsk, and Eamt'Sobat-ka Seas. 21. The Principal Stralti are the BospoTOs, Dar*da4ielles, Bafo.el-1fan<'deb^ or Gate of Tears, and Orraus, the Gulf dT Manaor, Palk'i Passage, MahMoa, Formoaa, Korea ; Sangar, Perouse, and Bdi-riofr 22. The Prinotpal Oapea are Btba, JBMr0i«M.— Where is the Queen's court held, and where does she rsride ? What Is Mid of Oolo- aial(0?emmentsf Qive the boundariss of Asis, and enumerate ^Mprinelpali ^-t^;v- THC BRITISH COLOMIC0— GBNERAL — MitA AND AFRICA. 9 Oom'orio, Romania, Cambo'dia. Lopatka. bif^b, at the Bonroe of the Ozus, the Mana- Bast Oape, North-East Cape, and Taimor. sarowar, 16,260 feet high at the source of 23. The Filnolpal ulanda in the the Sutlege; Oaapian S«a, 83 feet below MtdUerranean are Cypnis, RAodee, Samoa, aea level, Aral, 0>roo-mi-ah, and Van. Sdo, and Mity-le^oe; in the Indian Ocean, 27. Climate.— Three-fourths of Asia Ceylon, the Laccadive, Maldiye, aud Ohagoa lies within the north temperate sone, about Ar-chi'pei-a-goes, Andaman, and Nioobar ; one-eighth in the torrid lone, and the re- in the i'ad/fc Hai -nan, Formosa, Loo Choo, mainder in the north frigid zone. The cU- Japan, and KariU, Islands; in the Arctic mate varies accordingly. The season winda Ocean, New Siberia. are called the motuoonM, and their diange 24. The Prlnoipal Bfoantaiiui are is accompanied by violent storms, the Himalaya, Altai, Hindu-Kooeh. Elburc, 28. Tbe Natxu?al Produotloiui are rioe, tea, cotto'i, m'^rrb, cocoa-nut. sago, ginger, orange, pepper, sugar-cane, mukUI, wood ; teak, bamlnx), gam bo'ge, cinnamon, aurel, banyan, and elastic g-.mi fig trees. Minerals are ako very ubundaut. Ooal is found in Asia Minor. India, China, and Si* beria; gold in the Uml Mountains ; iron in most states ; and tin in the south-eaat. Animals. Including the pouched animals of Australia, Asia contains specimens of all most all tbe families of the animal kin^^^dom. 29. The Fopalation of Asia is esti- mated at 660,000,000, the most densely peopled countries being Hin-do-etan and China. the Ohauts, Kurdistan, Caucasus, Armenian, and Taurus, Lebanon, and Sinai. 25. The Pxlnolpal Rivera on the south slope are the Euf^rates and Tigris, the Indus, Nerbudda, Qauvery, Gh)-dav-er-y, Oanges, Brah-ma>poo>tra, Irrawaddy, Cam- bo>d?a; on the east slope, the Cantoa, Yang-tse-ki-ang, Ho-ang-ho, Pei'ho, Amoor : oo the north slope, the Lena [la*na], Ten i- aei, and Ihe Obi ; the inland rivers are : the TIarim, Oxus, Jax- ar-tea, Kur and the Jordan. 26. The Piinoipal Ziakee are tbe Baikal, the largest fresh water lake in the Old World, the Tcha-ny, Zaisan, Tong-tiog, Po-yang, Ook-toha, Sir-i-kol, 16,680 feet Coantzlee. — Asia contains the following oountries, with their oapitala, ria. : 30. BoBslaiuAaia Tobolsk. China Pekin. FsraU T^eran. Arabia Mecca. Tarhey in Asia Bourma. Japan Teddo. InSia: Htte.[hoo>a] CDiiiilr|f* India— (otmMaMd) Siam Bankok. Bunnah Ava. Malay Peninsula. Malacca. British India Calcutta. Native States (Various.) Pbrtuffuese Settlement— Qoa. French do Pondicherrj Batavia. Bokhara. Omuttnf, Dutch Settlement.., Independent Tar- ^ra AfKhanistan Oabool. Beloohiatan Kelat. Sandirioh Islands... Honolulu. Australia Various. Other Islands Various. UI. THX OOHTIirSNT OF AFRICA. 81* Aftioa is bounded on the north by the Mediterranean, on the west by the Atlantic, and on tbe east by the Indian Ocean and Red Sea. 82. Natural Featnree. — Afriea forms an immense peninsula joined in Aria by the Isthmus oi Sues. The north-western part, acrosa which the immense deaert .of Sahara stretches, projects into the Atlantic ; and the remander, lying more to the weat, tapeni •outhwards between the Atlantio and Indian Oceans. The coast ia bold and unbrona ArwTtaef.— Mention the prlnoipal eapes, mountains, Jko., of Asiai What iBsaldoritsellmala,iiio- teoUom.and popotattonf Qive the countries and capitals of Asia, and the boundaries of AMoa^ T 10 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF :m 33. The Principal GhUfii, Bays, &o., are tbe Gulfs of Si-dra, Kal/es, and Guinea, with the Bights of Benin and Biafra ; St Helena, False, and Algoa Bays ; the Chan> nel of Idozambique ; with Delagoa and Sofala Bays, and the Red Sea. 34. The Principal Capes are Bon, Blanco, Spartel, Nun,Boj-a-dor, Verd, Pal- mas, Formosa, Kopez, Negro, Good Hope, Agulhas [a gool-yas], Oorrientes, Delgado, Guardafui, Amber, and St. Mary. 35. The Principal Mountains are the Atlas, Kong, Cameroons, Neiuwveld, Sneeuwbergen [Snew-ber-gen] or Snowy Mountains, Drakenberg, Lupata, Eil-i-man- dja-ro,Ee-ni-a,and the AbyssinianMountains. 36. The Principal Rivers are the famous Nile, the Senegal, Gambia, Joliba, Quorra, or Niger, the Chadda, Zaire or Oongo, the Coanza, Nourse, the Oranpe, Zamoeze, Liyuma, Lufidji, and Jubb. 27. The Prinolpal Lakes are the Tsana, Debo, Melgig, Tchad, NyasBi,Ngami. 33. The Climate.— More than three- fourths of Africa lies in the torrid zone. The climate is therefore more hot and dry than in the other great divisions. There are but two seasons, the dry and the rainy;, the latter when the sun is nearest. Tbe east belongs to the moonsoon region. Vio- lent hurricanes occur in the south-east Parching winds blow from Sahara desert 39. Productions.— In northern Africa the chief grains are wheat, dourra, and barley. Oranges and olives are also found, and the cotton plant is also cultivated. The date palm abounds along the borders of the Sahara. In middle Africa, the food pro- ducts towards the west are muze, rice, yams, bananas, and manioc. There are also gum acacias, and cotton trees, and the gi- gantic monkey bread tree, the butter tree, and the coffee plant. 40. The Animals are the lion, leo- pard, hyena, jackal, monkey, ape, elephant, rhinoceros, hippopotamus, camel, giraffe, zebra, quagga, ouffalo, crocodile, ostrich, t Cairo [ki-ro]. Nubia „... Khartoom. OMmfry. Copttol. Abyssinia Ankobar. Central Africa... Sacoatoo and Timbuctoo. Senegambia 6or6e and Bathiirat. CmuOrf, Upper Guinea... Lower Guinea... Southern Africa. Freetown and Monrovia. Loango and Angola. CapeTown.&o. Madagascar Ta*na-na-ri-vo. IV. THE CONTINENT OF AMERICA. 48* The Continent of Amerioa stretches from the Arctic to the Southern Ocean. Its east side faces Europe and Africa, from which it is separated by the Atlantic Ocean ; the west side is bounded by the Pacific Ocean, separating it from Asia and Oceanica. 44. The Principal Qulfs, Bays, &c., Oulf of St Lawrence, Fundy; Delaware, in the north-east are Davis* Strait Baf- and Chesapeake Bays ; between North uid fin, and Hudson's Bays; in the east, the South America, Oulf of Mexico, Oarib- JBMTotMi*.— Mention the principal gulfs, bay?, capes, mountains, rivers, and lakes of Africa. What Is said of the climate, productions, animalo, and population ? Give the countries and their oapif»U. THE BRITISH C07^0NIE8 — AMERICA. n ire maize, nee, bean Sea, and Oulfs of Honduras, Mosquito, and Darien ; in the south east, Gulfs of San Matias and St George, and Straits of Magal- haens [ma-jel-lan] and Le Maire ; in the west, the Gulfs of Guayaquil [gwi-a -keel], Califor- nia, Queen Charlotte Sound, Behring's Strait 45. mie Principal Islands are Green- land, Cumberland, Newfoundland, Anti- eosti. Cape Breton, Prince Edward; the Bermudas, the West India, and Falkland lalands; the Patagonian Archipelago, inclu- ding Terra del Fuego, and other smaller island? ; Chloe, Juan Fernandez, Galapagos or Turtle Islands, Vancouver, Queen Char- lotte, Sitka, and the Aleutian or Fox Islands. 46. The Principal Peninsulas are Boothia Melville, Labrador, Nova Scotia, Florida, Yucatan, South Ai#)erica, Califor- nia, and Aljaska. 47. The Principal Capes are Lia- bume, Barrow, Bathurst Farewell, Chud- leigh, Charles, Race, Sable, Cod, Hattera?, San Antonio, Catoohe, Gracias-a-Dios, San Roque. Frio, San Antonio, Currientes, Cape Horn, San Lucas, Mendocino, and tlie Prince of Wales. 48. The Mountains in South America are called the Amies: the highest summit, Aconcagua, 23,910 feet, is east of Valapa- raise. The Cordillera of Guatemala con- tinues the range to the plateau of Mexico or Anahuac [an-a-wak]. From this plateau the Sierra de Sonora stretches north-west along the coast ; and two parallel ranges, the Cordillera of Potosi and the Sierra Madre, extend northwards to a broad mass near the sources of the Missouri. The Rocky Mountains then extend northwest double chain, containing Mount Hooker in a and Mount Brown. From California north- wards are the Sierra Nevada, the Cascade Range, with Mount Hood, and the Sea, Alps, in the north of which are Mount Fair- weather and Mount Elias, the latter 17,860 feet high. The secondary ranges are the Appalaoian or Alleghany Mountains, ir. Oa- nada and the United States ; the Pa-ri me Mountaina,and Sierra E8-pin-ha-oa,in BnuciL 49. The Principal Rivera in North America are the Colville, Mackenzie, Cop> permine, Great Fish River ; Churchill, TSA- son, Severn, Albany, St, Lawrence, Hudson, Susquehanna, Mississippi, Colorado, Rio- Oraude-del-Norte, Ohio, Red River, Arkan> aas, Minsouri, Sacramento, Oregon, or Co> lumbia, and Frazer. In South America : The Mag-da-le-ne, Oronoco, Amazon, UcayaH, [oo-ki-a'-lej, Kio-de-la-Plata, Uruguay, Pa- raguay, Colorado, and Negro. 50. The Natural Productions in* elude almost all the European grains and fruits. The indigenous plants are maize and tobacco: the manioc and cacao trees of the tropics ; the cinchona, or Peruvian "bark, and the potato of the Andes; the cow- tree of Guiana, and the ivory -palm, vanilla, jalap, and CActus plants of Mexico; the wax- myrtle and tulip-tree, and sugar- maple are found in the United States and in Canada; the passion-flower in Central America, the daAlia in Mexico, and the fuchia in Peru. Cotton, coffee, and sugar are staole produot(> in the tropics. 51. Animals. — North America has nu- merous fur-bearing animals ; also the Wolf and bear, the bison and musk-ox, the rein- deer, elk, wapiti, and moose-deer ; and the wild goat and sheep of Uie rockj Moun- tains. To South America belong the tapir, sloth, armadillo, llama, and alpaca. The more remarkable birds are the condor, the rhea or American ostrich, hummingbirds, and the turkey. Serpents, alligators, tur- tles, and lizards also abound. 52. Inhabitants.— The aborigines of North America are called Indians. Th(»e in ^ilexico and Peru were formerly civilized and had large towns and fixed govem- monts. The Indians now constitute only about one-sixth of the population. B»ercii0t—Qlve the boundarien, gulfs, bays, islands, peninsulas, capes, mountai"^, and rivers of • Amarioa. What is said of its natural produocions, auimals. and inhabitants ? 12 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY Of 53. America contains the following countriei, with their eapiiali: ,?n ' North America : Bum. America. New Archangel. Greeniaud Fredericlubavn Hudson's Bay. York Factory. Newfoundland 8t. John's. P. B. Island.... Cbarlottetowu. Nova Scotia.... Halifluc. New Brunswick Fredericton. Lower Canada. Quebec. Upper Canada. Toronto. United States. Wasbington. Mexico Mexico. Central America; Yucatan Merida. Guatemala NewGuatemala HoudurM Comayagu. [ko- mi>ig-wa.] Brit.HonduraB Belixe. Nicarasrua Leon. Costa Rica San Joie. San Salvador... San Salvador. Mosquito Greytown. Panama Pan-a-ma. West India Islands; British Antilles Spanish Town. Duiish do St. Thomas. Swedish do St. Bartholomew French do Basse Terre. Dutch do Williamstadt. Spanish do Havanna. Hayti Port au Mas^ South America: New Granada^ Bogota. Venetnla Caraccas. Guiana Various. Braail Bio Janeiro. Uruguay Montevideo. La FUta Buenos Ayres. Cboo-nus-a*ritj Patagonia Port St. Julian. Chin Santiago. Bolivia, Chuquisaca. [cboo-ke* Peru Lima, sa^kej Bcuador Quito. Paraguay Assumption. 1. ni. NORTH AMERICA. North America. — The Northern portion of the Continent of • ■■.yf,- AreUeLands 600^000 French Pithing Ittandi.., IN America, ^hich stretches from the Arctic reigions to the tropics, containRy according to the latest authorities, 8,325,000 square miles of surfarce. 2. The Folitioal Dlvlatons of North America include the following areas : Jrtm. ffqiMrv mfft*. Ar*a. Bauan < BrtU*h Amerie* 8,807,500 Rudian America. 481,380 United SUtei S.tSO. 1 10 Daniih America (Greenland) 880,000 Mtxleo(te.llexitll, Altec Han )8W,0IS Central America 800,000 : Total HOM^mllei 8.888,008 8. The United States are bounded on the north by British America, on the east by the Atlantic Ocean, on the south by the Gulf of Mexico and Mexico, and on the west by the Pacific Ocean. 4. Old ColoniM.— Thirteen of these States were oriffinally British Ooloniee. They declared their independence In 1116, and it was acknowledged by Oreat Britain in 1*788. Natural Features.— The territory of the United States is divided into three ?reat natural sections: 1. the Atlantic Slope; 2. the Mississippi Valley; and, 8. the aoifio Slope. The general character of the country is that of an immense plain, tra- versed by two chains of mountains— the Alleghany and the Rocky Mountains. €. Inluibitanta. — The Uuited States general conoems of the nation are en- were at first principally settled by emi> trusted to the central ffovemment. This grants from Oreat Britain. The popula- govemmeot consists of three branches, rii., uon now consists of decendants of people the Legislative, the Executive, and the from every country in Europe, and numbers Judicial power. The Legislative power ia upwards of 28,000,000, including Negroes, vested in Congress, which oonsiiits of two and Lidians. 7. Oovemment->The several States are united under one general government, called a Federal Republic. Each Swte has a government of its own, but the more branches — the Senate and the House of Representatives. The Executive power is vested in a Piesident and Vice- President, eleoted for four years, assisted by five Sec- retaries. The Judicial power is vested in je»#ro<«M.— Mention the countries in America and their Oapitida. Give the honndarios of Hortk Americaand the United States. What is said ofthehr natural features, inhabitants, and BOvammeutsF THE BRITISH COLONIES — UNITED STATES, AND CANADA. 13 Port au Frineiii one supreme court <^hirty-one district to Texas. All the other States are called courts, and seTeu circuit courts. The pre- Western nnd South Western. Each State sent Constitution of the United States has its own independent legislature, judici- went into operation in March, 1789. arj, and executive goTemment, consisting 8. Extent.— To the 13 original States, of a Senate and a House of Assembly, a 18 new ones have since been added, making Goyemor, Judges, drc, who have the power a total of 81 States. Besides these, there to make, judge of, and execute all laws per- are ten Territories and one district, called taining to the State, except such as belong Co-lum-bia. Washington, the capital of the to the general government. The chief Republic, is in this District. officer of a State is styled the Governor. 9. These Thirteen States are : Pel-a- Each State is for the most part divided ware, Penn-syl-va-ni-a, New Jersey, Geor- into counties, and the counties into town* gi-a,Gon-nect-i-cut,Ma8-sa-chu-sett9, RAode ships, as in Canada. In population, wealth, Island, Maryland, North and S. Car-o-li-na, and importance, New York and Pennsyl- NewHam/)-8hire,Vir-gioi-a,andNewYork. vania rank first. Ohio, Virginia, and 10. The nev7 States are : Ver-mont, Massachusetts are next in order. In most Ken-tuck-y,Ten-nes-8ee,Ohio,Loui8-i-a-na, of the States there is a fund for the sup- In-di-an-a, Mis-sis-sip-pi, Illinois, Al-a-ba- port of schools, and education is widely ma, Maine, Mis-8ou-ri,Ar-kan-6a8, Mich-i-gan, diflTused, especially in the Northern States. Flor-i-da, Tex-as, I-o-wa. Wis-con-sin, and 13. Chief Cities. — Washington, the Cal-i-for-ni-a. political capital, has a population of 40,000 ; 11. The Territories are : Or-e-gon, Min- New York the comraercial capital, 620,000 ; ne-so-ta, De-co-tah, Utah, New Mex*i-co, Boston, 140,000; Philadelphia, 410,000; A-ri-zo-na, Wash-ing-ton, Ne-bras-ka, Kan- Baltimore, 170,000 ; New Orleans, 164,000 ; sas, and the Indian territories. St. Louis, 80,000 ; Cincinnati, 117,000 ; and 12. State Divisions, &c.— The popu- San Francisco, California, 60,000. lar divisions of the States are the six 14. Border Cities. — The chief cities on Eastern, or New England States, ex- the Canadian border are: Detroit, Cleve- tending from Maine to Connecticut ; five land, Buffalo, Rochester, and Ogdensburgh. Middle States, from New York to Mary- Portland, in Maine, is connected with land ; nine Southern States, from Yirgima Canada, by the Grand Trunk Railway. 15. British North America contains nearly the same area as the United States, But the northern portion is not equally available for the purposes of agriculture or commerce. The estimated population is 3, 500,000. 16. The Political Divisions of British North America include the following areas : Area, Square mil»$. Arta. 8>puartmtte$. Ar*a, S, mOw. Canada (Upper and Lower) . . 8&7,8S8 New Bruniwiek 37,610 Newfoundland 86,000 Nova Scotia and Cape Breton 16,746 Prince Bdwsrd Iilend 8,178 Hudion'i Bay Territory 8,486,000 Total iquaremilet 6,807,660 17. Canada, the most important of the British Colonies, is divided into two parts, — Upper and Lower, or Eastern and Western. The river Ottawa is the great tentrpl boundary between them. Its estimated population, in 1858, is 2,678,000. The number of square miles and the acres of surface included in these divisions are ns follows : Smotw mik*. Atr»$. BtpnlaUon. Squart mOm. Aerti, PtptilaUMt. Cpper Canada.... 147,883 77,00^400 1,860,800 Lower Canada.... 800.080 ISt,4U,800 I.SSI.OUO Exercises.— Huae the old and new States and territories. What are their popular divisions, and how is each State governed ? Mention the chief cities. What is said of British America and Canada f D H GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF t ( B « ♦ V. UPPER CANADA. Extent.— Upper Canada, the most fertile of the British North American Colonies, presents the appearance of a triangular peninsula. It is generally considered to extend from 42^ to 51^ north latitude, and from nearly 74° to 90** west longitude, from Greenwich. 19. Boundaries.— It is bonpded on the St. Clair, and the rivers St Olair and De- Borth and east by the HudsonV Bay Teri-i- troit. tory and the river Ottawa ; on the south Iby Lakes Superior, Huron, Ontario, and £rie ; and on the west by the Western Indkui Territories, Lakes Superior, Huron, 20. Size — It is about 760 miles in length from south-east to north-west; and from 200 to 800 miles in width. Its north- western boundaries are, however, indefinite. I. PHTSIOAX FEATURES. 21. The Surface of Upper Canada for the most part is gentlj undulating, rather than hilly or mountainous, and is agreeably diversified by rivers and lakes. Tbi escarpment, which enters the Province at the Falls of Niagara, extends to Ancaster, Hamilton, and Dundas, and forming the Blue Ridge, is continued to Owen's Sound, thence to Cabot's Head, and through the Manitouliu Islands. The Laurentide Hills run westward from the Thousand Islands, and extend north of I^ke Simcoe, forming the coast of Lake Huron to Shebehanhning. Beyond this, the Lacloohe Mountains of the Huronian age, present an elevation of 1,800 feet above the soa, and a table-land ensts between Lake Huron and Lake Superior. Between the Laurentides and the St. Law- rence and its lakes, Upper Canada generally presents a level aurfeoe, with a rich and fertile soil, admirably adapted to the pursuits of agriculture. 22. G-eology.— In Upper Canada, the Lanrentian Bystem occupioH the north, while the more hori- zontal surface on the south is underlaid by Silurian and I)evoniari d(>fxwit8. Lake Superior. Geor- gian Bay, Lake Simooe, and Lalce Ontario are excavated out of the Lo ver Silurian deposits and the main body of Jjake Huron and Lake £rie out of the Devonian. The Upper Silurian strata compose the ridKe of land separating these two ranges of water. The iron-bearing Laurentian rocks are described at page 28. § 4. The Huronian are interposed between them and the Silurian ; their eastern boundary runs from Lacloohe to Lake Temiscamang; and they occupy the country west- vard to Lake Superior, and along its north coast. They consist of sanostones, silicious slates, and conglomerates, of which the pebbles are quartz, jasper, syenite, and gneiss. Tney are greatly inter- itratifled and intersected with trap and other volcanic rooks, but they are not so much altered and disturbed as the Laurentian series. They abound in copper ores, with which are associated those of iron, lead, zinc, nickel, and MWer ; and they aflTord agates, jasper, amethysts, and other hard stones capable of ornamental application. Like tne Laurentian, these rocks an without fossils. The Silu- rian and Devonian series rest unccmformably on the Laurentian and Huronian, in an attitude nearly horizontal, and appear to have suffered no disturbance since they were deposited. They abound in beautiful and characteristic fossils and are largely ocnaposed of limestone. ▲ band of thi j iool-, 140 feet thick, and underlaid by f rty or sixty feet of sliale, exhibits a proof of the retrot'^wlo'j of theNia«^ra Falls. Thewatw, precipitated over the limestone, which dips gently up M^r tio' wears the shale flrom beneath it ; and the calcareous rock, thus deprived of support, bv.N "--rti- oally off in neat masses. A similar action, going on for ages, has produced the retrocetsioa. The economic minerals of the Silurian end Devonian series are fireestone and limestone, for building; luurble. lithographic stone, hydraui'c cement, and gypsum. The drift formation is accumulated co a great thickness over the harder rocks in the level part of Upper Canada; and one of the (Mologi- cal phenomena connected with it is ti succession of terraces, shewing ancient beaches, which mark the gradual recession of the water. a« ^';be continent arose from beneath a tertiary sea. Besides the marine remains mentioned in conne ti " with the drift of Lower Canada, that of Upper Canada S*«roitea.—Qive the extent, boundaries, «.au size of Up:^ Caiuda. Describe Its surftMSe and geology. What is said of the retrcc^nsion of the Frlls of ^^vtjsara P % THE BRITISH COLONIES — UPPER CANADA. Olair and De- dlfplavi the bones of nuunmotha and other land aimunU. The drift produoea ofaur for red and white oriclu and for common pottery: and su(i|X)rts p»tcheM of hot; iron ore, tnnh water ahen^marl, and poat ; while petroleum, in some jdaros, oozes up to the Huriare, from bituminous rocks hennath, and gtvm oriirin to beds of asphalt. 33. The Water-Sheds of Upper Caitadii, thoiinh ot cour^ the highest land between the hydro* graphical basins they separate, are not in Keueral xharp ridKeti but are ofton extensive, rather level , and often marshy surfaces, on which the 8tr(>am8 interlock. A main one in that one separating the waters of the Ottawa fWwn those of the St. Lawrence and its lake« ; a minor cnc divides the streams flowing into the Bay of Quint(9. Lake Simcoe, and Lake Erie, fh>m those flowing into Lake Ontario, above the PeninsuU of Ynacn Edward. 24. Lakoa. — The magaifieent Lakes which form the southern and western boundaries of Up;'>er CnaAda contain nearly half the fresh water on the globe. Their total length is 1,0S'' u'ilc^ (or to the ocean, 1,684), and they cover an area of 80,000 square miles. Munei. Length in Mllei. 353 280 20 250 180 Oreateit Width in Mile*. 160 190 36 80 65 Are* In Sqnarellllet. Height •boTe Se». Feet. MeM Depth. Feet. 1. Superior 32,000 20.000 360 0,000 fi.OOO 627 678 871 560 230 988 2. Huron, including Georgian Bay... 3. St.Ckir 300 20 4. Er"™ 200 5. Ontario 600 25. Su-pe-rlor is first in size. It drains an area of 100,000 square miles ; and 200 streams (thirty of them large) flow into it. The islands are numerous. The chief one is Isle Royal. The northern shore of this lake is bold and rocky, with olifiTs rising from 800 to 1,600 feet in height. The south shore is low and sandy, but broken in some places by limestone ridges, called the Pic- tured Rocks, which are 800 feet high, and marked with caverns and projections. This lake empties into Lake Huron by the Sault Ste. Marie. Ohief products are white-fish, trout, and sturgeon. Oopper is found in great abundance on its shores and islands. 26. Au'-ron is second in size, and re- ceives the waters of Lakes Superior and Michigan, with thoce of the Siaitland, Sau- geen, Severn, and French rivers. There are good harbors on its coasts. Its waters ate singularly clear and transparent. It contains about 3,000 islands : the chief of which are Man-i-tou-lio, Cockburn, Drum- mond, St. Joseph. It is separated from the Georgian Bay by the Peninsula iiurth of the County of Bruce. Its chief product is white-fish, which a'-e very abundant. 27. 8t Clair is fifth in size, but next in order. It receives the «7atcrs of Lake Huron through the St. Olair river; also the Clinton (United States), Thames, and Sydenham rivers. Its chief islands are Parsons (United States), Walpole, Ac. 28. E'-rle is third in size. It receives, through the Detroit river, the wttters of the upper lakes. The rivers Maumee, Sandus- ky, Huron, and Raisin (United States), flow into it ; also the Ouse, or Grand river. The Western extremity is nhallow, and is frozen in winter. It is subjei to severe storms. 29. On'-tarlo is the last of the great chain of lakes, and the fourth in size. The waters of the other lakes flow into it through the Niagara river, and over the celebrated Falls. It also receives the Genesee, Os- wego, and Black rivers (United States.) It never freezes, except near the shore. Its chief products are salmon, bass, Ac. 30. Nlp'-is-fllng, the largest interior lake in Upper Oanada, is situated N.E. of Geoi^n Bay, ioto which it discharges its waters by the French river. It is 647 feet above the sea, 41 miles in length, and from 12 to 18 miles in width. It is studded with numerous islands. 31. l^lm'ooe (Sim-ko), situated south- « its BurflMse and Xxefeiiet.—W^g \» said of the water-shedtt P Give the aggregate lengtii, size, and area of the great lakes. What i« "^aiu uf Lakes guperior, Huron, St. Clair, Erie, Ontario, Nlpissing, and Simcoe ? \i 16 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF east of Georgian Bay, into which it empties length aod five wide, may be considered itself by Lake Couch-i-ching, the river Severn, and Mntcb-e-dash Bay. The waters of this lalie are deep and transparent. It contains several islands ; the chief of which are Canise, Graves, and Snake. It is 30 miles long by 18 wide; covers an area of 800 square miles, and is 770 feet above the level of the sea. Its principal tributaries are the Holland and Beaver rivers. 32. Rice Lake, which is 20 miles in rather as one of the numerous expansions of the River Trent, in its course towards the Bay of Quintd. This lake -is situated between Cobourg and Peterboro'. 33. Minor Lakes.— The chief remain- ing lakes are Couch-i-cbing, Scu-gog, Bal- sam, Fenelon, Sturgeon, Pigeon, Buckhorn, Chemong, Salmon, Trout, Ebony, White, Crooked, Loughboro', Burgess; and those in the Ottawa and St. Lawrence rivers. 34. The Principal Rivers in Upper Canada are the Rideau, (Re-doo) Mad-a-was-ka, Bonneehere, Pet-ah-wah-weh, French, Sturgeon, Ma-gan- 6-ta-wan, Mus-ko-ka, Severn, Not-ta-wa-sa-ga, oau-geen, Maitland, Aux- Sables [0-Sab'l], Sydenham, Thames, Ouse or Grand River, Welland, Credit, H umber, 0-ton-a-bee, Trent, and Moi-ra. dS. Boundary Rivers. — Those larger rivers which form the boundary lines of Upper Canada and the United States, are the St. Clair, Detroit, Niagara, and the St. Lawrence ; and of Upper and Lower Canada, the Ottawa. 36. The St. Clair is 25 miles long and wide. ' Through it the waters of Lakes from three-quarters to one and u half miles Superior and Huron pass into Lake Erie FABT OF TITK PALLS OP NIAGARA, ASD THE ORBAT WBHTBRN HAILWAT SrSPSVSIOIT BRTDOB. Exercises. -AVhat is Haid uf Rico LRk«> and of tho miliar lakes P Qive the namea of.atid trace on the Di«p, the principal rivers and tho boiuidary riverK nieiitioucd. I>eMribe the river Bt. OUir. THE BRITISH COLONIES — UPPER CANADA. 17 irSION BRIDOE. through Lake St Clair aad the Detroit river. There are many springs in the bed of the river, causing considerable agitation in its waters. At its mouth are three is- lands: St. Ann's and Walpole (belonging to Upper Canada), and Parsons (belonging to tbe United Slates.) 37. The De'-trolt is 23 miles long and from one to two miles wide. The Ameri- can city of Detroit ia on its west bank. It contains numerous islands, the chief of which are the Pearl, Fighting, and Bois Blanc (white wood.) Detroit means a strait. 38. The Ni-ag-a-ra is 84 miles long and from 600 feet to three miles wide. The Falls, which occur 20 miles from its head and 14 from its mouth, are the moat cele« brated in the world. They are 165 feet iu height, and are divided by Ooat Island into the American (920 feet wide), and the Cana- dian, or, from its shape, Horse Shoe Falls (1,900 feet wide.) The river here is three- quarters of mile in width. The Rapids, immediately above the Falls, descend 67 feet in half a mile. There are several is- lanuii in the rivci-. Grand, Navy, Ooat, and Iris are the principal ones. Besides the Falls themselves, the whirlpool is an object of interest. sion bridges over the river : a passenger bridge at Queenston and a railway and paesenger bridge at Ctiflou. It is proposed PABSEirOEB BCBPEMSIOX BBIDOE AT QUBENSTON. There are two suspen- to erect two additional bridges over the Niacraru river, one near Clifton, the other at Fort Erie. The river is navigable up to Queenston, sevon miles from its mouth; and down to Chippewa, eighteen miles from-its head, at the east end of Lake Erie. 39. The St. Lawrence is- sues from Lake Ontario, at Kin ston, where it was originally cat od the Iroquois or Cata-ra-qui river. It Is 750 miles long. The ^p; descent to Montreal, 200 miles, '"" is 280 feet, and to tide water, 234 feet The chief rapldi-- in Upper Canada are the Galops and Long Sault; and the CAteau, Cadres, Cascades, and Laohiiie, in Lower Canada. These are overcome by canals. The lakes in the river RAPIDS AMD CAHAL OR THE ST. LAWBKNCE. are the beautiful Lake of th« JEMtWMM.-DeKribe the Detroit river. What in said of the Nlajfara river ; its wonders, and the two Hiiipemion Bridirei f Trace the 8t. Lawrence, and deecribe its rapids and islands. met ^' 18 GEORAPHY AND HISTORY OF Thousand l8l«e, in Upper Canada ; and Lakes St Francis and St. Louis, in Lower Canada. In addition to the Thousand Islaads, of which there are 1892, the other principal islands are Wolfe, Howe (Carleton, Ogden, Croyles Long Sault, Barnharts, in United States), Shreeks, and Cornwall, in Upper Canada. The remainder «>f the river belongs exclu- sively to Lower Canada. ( See page 29.) 40. The Ot-ta-wa.— This great Cana- dian river rises 100 miles above Lake Te- mis-ca-ming (which is 67 miles long, by six wide), and flowi) to Montreal, a distance of 450 miles. It drains an area of 80,000 square niilea. The cliie£ tributaries on the western, or Upper Canada side, are the Pet-ah-wah-wen, 109 miles long; the Bonne- ch6re 110 miles ; Mad-a-was-ka, 210 miles; and Rideau, 116 miles. On the eastern, or Lower Canada side, are the Du Moins, 90 miles long ; Black, 180 miles ; Coulonge, 100 miles; Gatineau, 420 miles; Le Lidvre 260 miles ; Du Nord, 160 miles ; and L'Aa- Bomption, ISO miles. The principal islands are Allumette and Calumet. The lake ex- pansions of the river are Coulonge, Dei Chfits, Chaudi^re, and Two Mountains. There are numerous rapids and falls in the. river. The chief rapids are the Long Sault at Temiscaming, 49 feet ; the Levier, (fee., 34 feo^ ; and the Long ^ult, at Grenville. The fuils are the Allumettes, Des Gh&ts, Chaudiere, (Sec. The scenery on the river is striking and beautiful. The Ottawa falls into the St Lawrence by a threefold branch : the main stream, to the north, is divided by the Isle J^sus ; its southern branch is also divided by the Isle Perrot. At the middle entrance, between the Isles Perrot and Montreal, occur the Rapids of Ste. Anne, which have been rendered fa- mous by Moore's " Canadian Boat Song." BTK. ANWK'a RAPIDS, AT THE JCNCTIOX OF THE OTTAWA AND ST. LAWBKNCB UIVEBS- 41. The Trent is the raoHt important into numerous beautiful lakes. {See No. inland river in Upper Canada. It is about 38, par/e 16.) it falls into the Bay of 100 miles long ; and in its course expands Quints, at Trenton. 42. Bays.— The principal bay." are the Georgian, Not-ta-wa-sa-ga, Match-o-dash, vOwen Sound, Burlington, Toronto, Qumte, Presqu'ile, &c. 43. Oeor-gi-an Bay is a vast inlet from 44. Not-ta-wa-ea-ga is the southern Lake Huron. It is 120 miles long by 20 jwrtion of Georgian Bay. Match-e-dash wide, Hud has un area ot 6,00t» pquare miles. The uorlh-eastern portion of the bay is called the North V'hannol, ami h»< an area of 1,100 isquaro miles. Bay is to the north-east, and Owen Sound t«) the iK»rlb-we»l of it. 45. Burlington Bay, near the city of Hamilton, ih a triangular sheet of water at ff*#rcM«.— Trato the mnvw of the Ottawa rWcr and its trlhutariei. What are the rapids and faiU mentioned ? Trace the river Trent. Which are the chlof Uys ? Describe them. THE BBITISH COLONIES — UPPER CANADA. 19 the western extremity of Lake Ontario. It shaped bay. It extends westward, from is about five miles across. The entrance Kiugston, about 70 miles, including its to it is through the Burlington Canal. windings. The name is doubtless of Indian 46. Qvilnte'. — This is a beautiful river- origin, with a French pronunciation. 47. Islands.— The principal islands in Upper Canada are the Great Calumet and AUumette, Ottawa River ; Man-i-tou-lin, Cockburn [Co- burn], St. Joseph, and Fitzwilliam, Lake Huron-, Pelee and Uyerson Islands, Lake Erie ; Navy, in the Niagara River ; Amherst, Tonti, Wolfe, «nd Howe, at the east end of Lake Ontario ; and part of the Thousand Islands, at the entrance to the river St. Lawrence. 48w Man-1-tou-lln. — This is a remark- St. Clair Indians, were collected here in able group of ialanrls in Lake Huron. The 1835, under the authority of the Ouvem- chief one — called the Great Man-i-tou-lin, or men t, to receive their yearly presents, in- Sacred Isle — is 80 miles long by 20 broad, stead of at Pen-e-tan-gui-shene, as formerly, and includes an area of 1,600 square miles. 49. The Thousand Islea.— Thie clus- It has numerous bay8._ The surface if .e- ter of island?, which imparts such beauty to the scenery of the St Lawrence, is si- tuated at the entrance of that river. They are 1,692 in number— part belonging to the United States and part to Canada. vated and rugged. The principal settle- ment on the island is at Man-i-tou-ah-ning. Kemnants of the Ottawa, C'lippewa or Od- jibway, Saugeen and Pot-to wntta-raie, or II. CLIMATE AND NATUEAL PEODUCTIONS. 50. Climate.— The climate of Upper Canada, though inclined to be extreme in winter and summer, is singularly tempered by the influence of the great lakes. It is milder than that of Lower Canada, or than that of many of the American States in the same latitude. The dryness and clear- ness of the atmosphere render Upper Canada healthy and agreeable as a place of residence. The Indian summer, which generally occurs in October, IS a delightful time of the year. The sleighing season, in winter, is also a pleasant period. Rains are abundant in spring and autumn. Fogs are rare. The hottest months of summer are July and August, and the coldest months of winter are January and February. 51. MliiMral. — Upper Canada' is rich in weya ; moulding sand at Augusta ; white minerals. Iron is found chiefly in Marmora, brick-clay at London, Toronto, Cobourg, and Crosby, Hull, Belmont, and Madoc; silver Peterboro' ; marble at Elzevir, the Ottawa, and copper at Lake Superior ; gypum at Cornwall, and Pat'kenhtim ; peat in the' the Grand river; sandstone in the Nia^ra counties of Welland, Uenfrew.and Prescott. ridge -, Sandstone for glass at Cayuga ; lime'- 52. The Mineral l^rlngs are as fol- stone at Maiden, Kingston, Rama and Otta- lows: 1. Saline, at Ancaster, Alfred, Cale* wa; flagstone at Toronto; whitestoneut .Ma- donia, Plantagenet, Oloucester, Kingston, doc and FitJEroy ; fuller's earth at Nassaga- L'Origual, Fitzroy, Paokenhom, Westmeath ■ JRr«rd«M.— What in mid of th«i iNlandM of Upper Canada ; the oHinate. and its naouliarifciiM f What are th« chief mineral productn ? What do you know of thdr value f v^^^mnwum i '^'.^ nmj^ :\fw^^T. 20 GEOGBAPHT AND HISTOBT OF !• 2. Sulphuric Acid or Sour Springs', at Tus- carora, Niagara, Chippewa, and St. David's ; 3. Sulphur and GaR, at Caledonia ; 4. SuU phur, at Charlotteville ; 6. Oil ( Petroleum), at Mosa, Lake Huron, and Euniskillen ; 6. Bituminoiis, At Niagara Falls. 53. Vegetable. — Wheat is the stnple product ; barley, oats, rye, peas, buckwheat, Indian corn, and all ' other doraeetio vege- tables, are raised in abundance. Hemp, flax, hops and tobacco are easily cultivated in the western parts of Upper Canada. Maple sugar, Canada balsam, lobelia, gen- tian, ginseng, weed, mullein, everlasting, mallow, touch-me-not, <&c.* 58. Wild Animals.— The bear, racoon, weasel, mink; Canada lynx, or wildcat; wolf, fox wood-chuck, porcupine ; black gray, brown, and flying squirrels; chip* monk ; the beaver, otter, musk-rat, Ac 59. Qame. — Red or fallow deer, turkeys, grouse, pigeons, wood-cock, snipe, plover. 60. Birds.— The eagle, hawk, owl, thrush, crow, hummingbird, king-fisher, swallow, whip-poor-will, blae-bii'd, star- V / '' MaPLB LKA.F (Acer saccharinum.) U^: Thb Beaver {Castor fiber.) The Bearer and the Maple leaf are Canadian national emblemi. The bearer li IndieatWe of induftry, and the maple-tree of proiluctiTcneii, from Its tutar-produeini qualitlei. * Ppitoifovf PLAwn,— In order that children maybe cautioned af atnat pickint up poiionouiplanti found in thtweode, v* J A '*' '""^ fl*l or "deer of the waters"), perch, bast, 61. Reptilet.— River tortoise, or snap- pike, sturgeon, maskinongd, pickerel, eel, Ao. pitig turtle ; marsh and land turtle ; rattle- 63. Iiuiects. — Beetle, ear-wig, grass- snake ; garter, green, black, milk, and cop- hopper, cricket, dragon-fly, ant, hornet, per snake; frog; lizard ; lake proteus, &e. wasp, bee, butterfly, moth, gnat, mosquito, 62. Fiidl.— Speckled trout, salmon-trout, fly, Hessian fly, midge, weevil, &e. Til. POIULATION, BELIOIOV, AND EDTTCATION. 64. Population. — Upper Canada is chiefly settled by emigrants from the British Isles. In 1780-3, a great number of the United Empire Loyalists, who had remained faithful to the British Crown during the American revolution, settled in various parts of the Province. The cen- sus of 1851-2, gives an analysis of the origin of races, and of the popula- tion of Upper Canada, as follows (or, as estimated in' 18.58, 1,350,900) : French Cauadians 26,417 Germans & Hollanders 0,957 From Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island 3,785 United States 43,732 JFrom New Brunswick... 2,634 65. Religion. — Each religious persuasion is on an equality, the settlement of the Clergy Re- serves question, all ** semblance of connection between Church and State" was said to have been abolished. According to the census of the year 1851-2, the religious denominations were es follows : Ohureh of England (three dioceses) 223,190 Ch. cfBome (5 dioceses) 167.603 Methodists : Wesleyan 96,640 Episcopal 43.884 New Connexion.. 7,647 Other Methodists 69,S8S 207,666 Anglo-Canadians 526,003 From Ireland 176,267 " England and Wales 82,699 " Scotland 75,811 From France and l^elgium.. 1,070 Natives of other places.... 3,611 Indians.3.065, Colored,2,096=&,160 Total population 952.004 With I Presbyterians : Church of Scot- land 57,642 Prosb. Church of Canada 65,817 Other 80,799 204,148 Baptists 45,368 Lutherans 12,089 MorinonitesandTunkers 8,280 gluakcrs 7.480 ongrejnt|>er Canada nettled f Who were What are the Bduoational advantafces ? ^■k- l'^- 22 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF 68. CoUegiM. — UniTeraity College, Up- per CaDada,Knoz, and StMicbaers, Toronto. A^iopolis, Kingston ; aad Bytown, Ottawa. 69. Orammar Schools. — Eigbty-tbree haye been established— one or more in each oounty. They connect the Common School with the University, and are managed by local Boards of Trustees, but are inspected by a provincial oflBcer. They report to the Chief Superintendent, anH receive aid through his department. The senior County Schools are Meteorological Stations. 70. Seminaries are established at Belleville, Picton, Georgetown, Brantford, dtc ; and ladies' academies, in various places. 71. The Common Schools are aided by the Legislature, aud are each managed by Trustees, chosen by the people, and in- speoted by a local superintendent. Abfflit 8,600 have been establidied in Upper Can- ada. All the teachers are licensed by local boards, except those trained and licensed at the Provincial Normal School, Toronto. 72. The Educational Department, situated at Toronto, is presided over by a Chief Superintendent of Education (appointed by the Crown), aided by a Council of Public In- struction. To him is confined the adminstra- tion of the laws relating to grammar and common schoole. He also distri- butes the legislative school grants, besides appeals, and issues a monthly Journal of JSaucafton for the public schooia. IT. ClVIli DIVISIONS. 73> Cities and Towns- — The cities are Ottawa, Kingston, Toronto, Hamilton, and London. The chief towns are given below. 74. Counties. — Upper Canada is divided into 42 counties as follows : Countiei. Area tn iq. milei lurreyed. Popula- tion in I85I-S. Chief Towns. Countlei. Area in sq. mltei lurreyed. Popula- tion in IB6I4. Chief Towns. Addington 676 416 902 898 620 377 708 677 1342 450 2321 421 459 362 1324 1392 870 1093 1180 805 170 306 15165 25426 2827 31397 3U732 1S811 25418 16817 30735 17695 13217 20707 18788 18322 31977 10108 17460 10416 27317 30280 7055 83868 Bath, V, Brantford. Walkerton,«. Ottawa. Port Hope. Morrisb'gh, v. St. Thomas. | Sandwich, i Kingston. Alexandria, v. Owen Sound. Prescott. ' Cayuga. Hilton. Belleville. Gtoderich. Chatham. Sarnia. Perth. Brockville. Napanee, v. Niagara. Middlesex 1079 780 600 851 710 458 696 1005 475 334 1133 37B 1797 891 740 518 1237 356 426 808 39899 S1229 21281 30576 32638 24816 15645 15237 10487 18887 9415 2370 27165 14463 11857 26537 26796 80141 42619 79710 London. Brant Northumberland. Norfolk Cobourg. Bruce Simcoe. ,:.< Oarleton Ontario Whitby. Durham Oxford Woodstock. Dundaa Peel Brampton.' Stratford. Elgin Perth Essex Peterboro' Peterboro*. Vronteriao Glennrry Prescott Prince Edward... Benft^w L'Orignal. Picton. Grey Bumstown. v. Grenvllle Bussell Gumberla'd,v. Haldimand Simcoe Barrie. Halton Stormont Cornwall. . Hastings ' Victoria Lindsay, f/ Huron Waterloo Berlin. Kent Wellington Guelph. MerrittsviUe. Lambton Welland Lanark Wentworth York Hamilton. Leeds Toronto. Lincoln 1 42 Counties... 32,492 052.004 Ottawa, oap'l. JSa?«reMM.— What is said of the Universities, Colleges, Schools, Ac., and of the Educational De- partment P Give the boundaries of the counties, with the cities and chief towns, on the map. THE BRITISH COLONIES UPPER CANADA. 23 74a. The I»egi8lative Counoil ISleotoral Divisions of Upper Canada are twenty-four, as follows : -- , (1) Western.— The counties of Essex and Kent. (2) St. Olair— The county of Lambton and the West Ridine of Middlesex. (3) Malahide.— The East and West Ridings of Elgin, the East Riding of Middlesex, and the city of London. (4) TecnmsetL.— The counties of Huron and Perth. (6) Saugeen— The counties of Bruce and Grey, and the North Riding of Siracoe. ((S) Brock.— Thd North and South Hidings of Wellioidion and the North Riding of Waterloo. (7) Gore.— The South Riding of Waterloo and the North Riding of Oxford. (8) Thames— The South Riding of Oxford and the county of Norfolk. (9) Erie.— The East and West Ridings of Brant and the county of Haldimand. (10) Niagara.— The counties of Lincoln and Welland, and the town of Niagara. (11) Barlington.— The North and South Ri- dings of Wontworth,aud the city of Hamilton. (12) Home.— The counties of HaltonandPcel. (13) Midland.— The North Riding of York and the South Riding of Simcoe. (14) York.— The city of Toronto and the town* ship of York. (16) bang's.— The East and West Ridings of York (except the township of York) and the South Riding of Ontario. (16) Qneen'a.— The North Riding of Ontario, the county of Victoria, and the We«t Riding cf Durham. (17) Newoaatle.— The Eant Riding of Durham and the East and West Ridings of lTorthumber« land. (18) Trent.— The county of Peterborough, the North Riding of Hastings, and the county of Lennox. (19) Qainte.— The South Riding of Hastings and the county of Fdiice Edward. (20) Oataraqoi.— The counties of Addington and Fronten«c, .and the city of Kingston. (21) Bathnrst.— Tbo South Riding of Leedi and the Rorth and South Ridings of Lanark. (22) Ridean.— The counties of llenfi^w and Carleton, and the city of Ottawa. (23) St. Lawrence.— The town of Brockville and township of Elizabethtown. the South Bi- ding of Grenvillo, the North Riding of Leeds and Grenville, and the county of Dundas. (24) Eastern.— The counties of Stormont Prescott, Russell, Glengarry, and the town and township of Cornwall. 75. Divisions of the Province.— Taking the cities as central points in each division, we group the counties around them as follows : I. OTTAWA DIVISION. 76. Th© City of Ottawa, the new Seat of Government (formerly called Bytown), is eituated on the right bank of the Ottawa river, in the Township of Nepean. A branch railway to Prenciott (63 rtiles) and the Rideau Oanul CI 26 miles in length) connect Ot- tawa with the (Irand Trunk Railway. It is also connected with Hull, on the Lower Canada side *>( the River, by a handsome sospensioii bridge. It contains a court-house, two hospitalti, nunnery, Roman Catholic college, prannnar and common schools, various churches, bank agencies, stores, lumber merchants* establii^hments, mills, foundries, mar- ket, printing oflSuefs, «fec. Its chief trade is derived from th« transpi^rt of lumber to the Quebec an(l English markets. The value of the exports passing through the city is about 14,000,000 per annum. Hull, opposite Ottawa, wus first settled in 1800, by Philemon Wright, from Masse chu.»etts. Ottawa was originallv called Bytown after Colonel By, of the Royal Engineers, who was chai*ged with the construction of the Rideau Canal. The site was originally granted to th** officers of the incorporated militia, and of the disbanded regiment of Dc Watteville. The name was changed to Ottawa JSxorci^c*.— Trace tho Loginlative Council Electoral Divisions on the map. What isaaidof th Divisions of the Province, and of the city of Ottawa? 24 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF '■£■ in 1865. By the Queen it waa selected as the seat of goyernment in 186*7. The Chandidre and Rideau Falls , near the city, are very picturesque. The city of Ottawa is distant from— Miles. Kingston 95 Port Hope 172 Toronto 233 London 334 Windsor 440 Miles. Sault 8te. Marie... 475 The Lake Superior Mines 660 Fort Garry Bed River 1140 3files. Montreal 100 Three Rivers 175 Quebec 240 Saguenay 322 Frederiokton 455 MiUi' St. John, N.B 480 Halifax. N. 8 618 Pictou Mines 665 St.Jonn's,N.F U60 77. The Counties in this division are Renfrew, Lanarlc, Leeds, Orenville, Carleton, Russell, Dundas, Stormont, Glengarry, and Prescott. 78. Ottawa Country. — Timber. — In the counties of Carleton, Lanark, and Ren- frew, white pine is the chief timber. It grows in an area of 100 miles from north to south, and from 20 to 40 in width. Westward, an area of 180 miles from north to south, and cipal towns in this division. The Great grees of temperature, and present 'the vari- Western Railway has its terminus at Wind* ous stages of social and agricultural develop- sor, opposite Detroit, in the United States, ment The hop and tobacco plant, Indian and connects there with tbe western lines, ■com, dec., grow freely at the south ; wheat Other railways intersect in these counties. JExerciMa.—Vflukt is said of the City of Hamilton f For what are the Frontier Gouuties noted, and the Interior famous F Describe the city of London and the adioiuing counties. ■fr 28 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF TI. LAKE SVPSBIOB DIYtSIOV. 96. The Lake Saperlor, or BUning, section of the Prorinoe is y«>t uttiurvejred. It extends from the mouth of the French river, westward, to the source of die Pigef^n rirer. Its length is 410 miles; breadth, 160; area, 48,000 square miles ; coast lioo, 600 miles— 180 on Lake Huron and the River St. Mary, and 420 on Lake Superior. The coast is bold and rooky, and the harbours are numerous and safe. The timber, oom- inercially speaking, is not very valuable, being chiefly spruce, balsam, fir, white birch, and poplar. Hardwood, and red and white pine, are scarce. The country on the north shore oi Lake Huron is more wooded, and fertile. At the mouth of Spanish river there is a good harbour. Copper ore and white fish are the great commercial staples of this division. The Indian population is about 2,500. The Indian reserves consist of about 590,000 acres. Che-goim-e-gon, or La Pointe, was the ancient capital of the Odjibway or Ohippewa Indians. Tradition states that here King Mud>je*ke-wi8 and other Indian demi-gods and great men lived. i.w V. LOWER CANADA. 1. Boundaxies. — Lower Canada is bounded on the north by Labrador and the Hudson's Bay Territory ; on the east by Labrador and the Gnlf of St. Lawrence ; on the south by the Bay of Chaleurs, New Brunswick and the States of Maine, New Hampshire)^ Vermont, and New York; and on the west by the river Ottawa and Upper Canada. 2. EUze. — Lower Canada is about 600 miles from east to west, and 800 from north to south. Its area is about 210,000 square miles, and it contains nearly 184,500,000 acres. I. PHYSICAL TEATUBES. -' J 3. Surface of the Country. — Though not a ir ountainous country, the scenery of Lower Canada is more pii'.turesque than that of Ij pper Canada. Its rivers and moun- tain ranges are also on a grander scale. Its clim>>te,' though severe in some parts, is agreeable and healthy. Fogs prevail in the autumii, «.xi its navigable waters. %;t^ 4. Geology.— The lower St. Lawrence is inclosed by two mountain ranges : the AppalachiaD, on the south, running along the peninsula of Gasp^, there known as the XotreBame Mountains, and extending to Alabama ; and the Laurentides, on the north, running fTom the Gulf to Oape Toiument, near Quebec, and hence gradually turning to the north-west, and extending into the interior of the continent, north-west of Lake Superior. The rocks of the latter range, termed by Sir William Logan the Laurentian system, are described as ancient sedimentanr unfossiliferous strata, altered to a highly crystalline condition, and greatly corrugated and disturbed. Thoy constitute the oldest series known Oh the continent of America, and are supposed to be equivalent to the iron*bearing rocks of Scandinavia. They consist of micaceous and kornblendic gneiss, interstratified with important beds of limestone and lime-feldspar rock. They abound ,in iron ore ; and among the economic minerals belonging to them are found ores of lead and copper, with rensselaerite, phosphate of lime, baiytes. plumbago, mica, labradorite, marble, and traces of corundum. The southern range consists of Silurian and Devonian rocks, in an alt^a^cd condition, and they afford a mineral region yielding wst' pontine and variegated marbles, potstcne, soapstone, granite, and rooflng slates, with the oresof chromium, iron, copper, and gold. In movst parts of this region the fossils are obliterated: in some they appear distorted by molecular movements, resulting from crystallizing forces. The effects oif fia^tfrcMM.— Describe the Lake Superior divisions ? What is said of its physical featurcH and geology P - Give the boundaries and site of Lower Canada. THE BRITISH COI.ONIS8—- LOMTKR CANADA. 29 met»morphUm diminish, proceeding from south-Mst to north-wett;andin the are* between the mountain ranges mentioned, it dist^ivears, the fossila become diatinot, the rocka aasume an attitude approaching horisontality, and the aurflMW of the country it even. The auperflcial deposita covering the solid strata are composed of clay, sand and gravel, derived from vnry recent tertiary drift, and contain marine remains, <^oiwiattegof thells, flsh. aeala, and whales,— many of the species being identical with thoae now living. The economic minerals of the flat country are limestones, building- stones, aaudstotie for f^aaa-miilrfng, clay for common bricks and common pottery, fullers' earth, moulding-sa n d, bogiron ore, flresh-water shell marl, and peat. 5. IfiBMallpiteta..-lfr. Hunt adres the following list of saline springs in Lower Canada, num- bered in the order of their itrengft : Bale St. Paul, la Bale du Pebvre, 1 : St. Leon, Caxton. Siver Quelle, Lanonde, Tarennea, 1 ; Vareunes, 2 ; Point du Jour, B mk Other persuasioni 29,483 J *'''"° Methodists 21.188 Baptists 4,493 Conffreffationalists 3,927 Universalists 8,460 Second Adventists... 1,869 Othera net reported. 30,036 Grand totaL....890,261 30. Education in Lower, as in Upper Canada, is liberally supported by the Legislature. The .colleges and academies are numerous, and of a superior class. There are also many good seminaries and private schools. 31. Univenitles. —McOill Colleg^e, Mootreal'; Laval, Quebec; and Bishop's OoUege, Lennoxville. Thern are also six Special Tbeological Schools. 32. Colleges.— There are 24 Colleges. viz: at Montreal and Quebec; and in the counties of L'Assomptiou, Nicolet, Kainou- raska, Richmond, St. H jacinth e, Terre- bonne, Chambly, Joliette, Argentcv.ll, La- val, Levy, Vaiidreuil, Rimouski, Beauce. Rouville, Sherbrooke, Belleobasse, and Verohdres. 33. Aoademiee are established in all the principal towns of Lower Canada. There are 48 for boys and mixed, and 71 for girls — aided by the Legislature. There are also 160 model schools, and two deaf and dumb iustitutions. 34. Common Schools, similiar to Up- per Canada. There are 2,700 established. They are inspected by 24 Inspectors. Three Normal Schools have recently been estab- lished, to train teachers. French (Jacques Cart'^r), English (McOill), and Freneh (Laval) The two first are at Montreal, and the iattar at Quebec. 35. The Bduoatlonal Department of Lower Canada is presided over by a Chief Superintendent, who divides among the colleges, academies, and common schools, the tiuoual legislative grants, aad generally administers the school laws. An excellent Journal of Sducation, in French and English, is published by the Educa* tional Department, for the public schools of Lower (Canada. 86. Cities and Towns. — There are four cities in Lower Canada : Quebec, Montreal, Three Rivers, and St. Hyacinthe. The chief towns are Sherbrooke, St. John's, and William Henry. 87. Counties and Judicial Distriots.—Lower Canada is divided into 60 counties, and those counties into 19 judicial districts, as follows : FopuPiT' ~ Dlttrteu. (I) OtUw*, a. Ct) UonttrA, b. Ineludint the Uounllei of ropurn In 1851-U. Chl*( Townii. Ottawa IO,(im Avlmer. AllumPtte*. Puntlae 0.SS5 HoeheUf* ■ > Jaequei Cartirr ( ls,aa6 Mnntrpal. City of MoDtrtal - 57,71ft Laval • . - ILOM SI. MarUn. Vaudrrult - •.017 VaudrtuU. SoulaniFi - ii.ftia CotaanduLae Lapralrtr - U,OM Lapralrle. DUtrlcti. Including the Countlet of Montreal (confJ.) Chambljr iVrrcMren - [8] Torrebonne, c.JArRcntPUll - iTwn Mountalni [4] Jolliette, d. . rS] Rtehatleu, «. • Terrebonne - L'AMoniptioB Montcalm - Jollletta - Richelieu • Chief Towni. In II6I-M. ia,MB 'Chambly. li,8tB Varrnnei, 14,119 8t.F1aehlde. fS,7M Ste. Srholaftiqut l«,a»6 Ste. Th4r LliP« I a, Ajrlmeri t, Montreal ( e, Bte. Seholaitlque ; d, In.' iChamplain Nieolet . Portneuf Quebec Citjr of Quebec iMontmorency.. ILery ILotbiniere .... . Charleroix .... ^Saguenay Chlcoutimi .... (9)Omp«, d Qaipt 'BonaTenture ., (lO)Rimousli',/.. Rimouiki .... (ll)Kamouraika, Kamourailta .. [y Temitcouata ., (IS) If ontmacny, L'lilet [A Montmagny . , Popul'n 1851-52. 14,748 16,890 |S,4W 9,SII 4,8!ie IS,8M 18,857 19,861 18,889 48,058 9,598 14,855 15.061 13,041 1,866 7,079 10,094 10,853 13,361 19,376 14,558 10,591 11,946 Chief Towns. DiitricU. I iMontm'ny {ton'd) |Bugu-..y , ll^'^i tlontmagny. CHirsLiBDXt a. Three Rivers i 5, Quebec: c, St Etienne de la Malbaic ; d, Perc*; *, New Carlisle i /, Rimouski; g, St. Louis de Kamouraska; A, Montmagny ( i, St. Joseph de la Beauce i >, St. Christophe k. Bherbrooke ; I, Nelsonville ; m, St. Hyacinthe ; n, St. Jean ; o. BfauharniilH. 37a. The Legislative Council Electoral Divisions are twenty-four, aa follows iPopuPnl I in Chief Towns. ! I86I-U I I St. Michel. jSte. Marie. I St Anselme. JSomerset. Arthabaska, Dfuroinond. Redmond, Iwolfevllle. iCorapton. Stanatead, Oranby. Phlllpsburc. Brcime. St. Hyacinthe. rpton. St. HItalre. St, Jean. Babyville. St. Oeorge, Huntingdon. Beauharnois, Chateauguay. St Oermain de d'Arthabaskai (1) Onlf.— The Counties of Gaspe, Bonaven- ture, and Rimouski. (2) OrandTille. —The Counties of Temiscouata and Kamouraska, the Parishes of St. Roch des Aulncts and St. Jean Port Joli, and the prolongation thereof in a straight line to the Province Line in the County of L'Islet. (3) De la Darantaye.— The reniaiiider of the County if L'Islet, the Counties of Montmagny and Belle- chasse, and the Parishi s of St. Joseph, St-hcri, and Notre Dame de la Vietoircjin the County of Levy. (4) LanEon.— The remainder of the County of Levy, and the Counties of Dorchester and Bvauce. (0) Kennebec— The Counties of Lotbin'^re, Megantie, and Arthabaska. (6) D« la Valliere.— The Counties of Nieolet •ndTanaika, the Townships of Wen'.over, Orantham, and ttiat part of Upton which lies in the bounty of Drummond, (7) Wellington.— The remtiinder o! the County of Drummond, tne County of Richmond, the Town of ShiT- brooke, and the Counties of Wolfe, Conpton, and Stanstrad. (8) Sorel. — The Counties of Richelieu and Bagot, the Parishes of St. Denis, La Presentation, St. Bar- B*M. and St. Jude, in the County of St Hyacinthe. (9) Bedford, -The Counties of MisNisquoi, Brome, ud Sheffbrd. i 10) Bongemont.— The remainder of the County it. 'yaalnthe, the Counties of Rouville and Iberville. (11) MontarriUe.- The Counties of VerchOre*, Chamblv, and Laprairie. (12) De Lorimier.— The Counties of St. Johns ana Nar>errtlle i Bt. Jean ChrysottAmc, and Russcltown, in til* CouBtv of Chateauguay t and Hemmingford, In the County of Huntiogdon. (13) Thtt Lanrentidea.— The Counties of Chi- eoutiai. CbarleToii, Baguenay, and Monlmorcney, the Seig- niory or Btauport, the Parish of Charlesbourg, the Town- thtpt of Btoneham and Tewkesbury, In the County of Quebec. (14) La Salle.— The remainder of the County of Quebec, the County of Port Neuf, and all that part of the Banllruf of Quebec lying within the Parish of Nutre Dame. (16) Stadacona.— The remainder of the City and Banlieue of Quebec. (16)Sbawanegan.— The Counties of Champlain and St. Maurice, the City of Three Rivers, the Parishes of Riviire du Loup, St. Leon, St. Paulln, and the Township of Hunterstown and its augmentation. County of Maskl- nongt. (17) De Lanandiere,— The remainder of the County of Maskinongt, the Counties of Berthier and Jollette (except the Parish ofst. Paul), theTownship ofKildare and its augmentation, and the Township of Cathrart. (18) Repcntigny.— The Parit.li ot Kt. Paul, the Towntlilp or Kildare and its augmentation, the Township iifCatheart, in the County of JolTettc, and the Cuuntiea of L'Assomption and Montcalm. (19) Mille Zslea.-The Counties of Terrebonne and Two Momnulns. (20) Inkermann.— The Counties of ArKenteuil, Ottawa and Pontiae. (21) Alma,— The Parishes of lionK Point. Pointe- aus-Trrmbles, River des Prairies, Sault-aux-Recollets. In the County of Hochelaga, and that part of the Parish of Mon- treal which lies to the eaut of the prolongaUon of Bt. Denis Street, the County of Laval, and that part of the City of Montreal which lies to the east of Bonseeours and Bt. Dealt Streets, and their prolongations. (22) Viotoria.— I he remainder of the City of Montreal, eielutlve of the Parish. (23) Rigand.-The remainder of the Parish of Montreal, and the Connttes of Jacques Oartter, Vandrtoll, and Soulanges, (24) De ralaberry.— The remainder of the County of Chateauguay, and the rtaMinder of th* Cvoaty of Huntingdon and the County of BaauluumaU, Nota.— Tht ttacber can ra-iolta tha pupil to bound any or all of th« eountlt* aad diittleta k«r* f Wtn a« tM «af » hMA pstet out tbeir chief towai ui4 th»t* Uciia. 34 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF \ 38. District Divisions.— The three former district divisions of Lower Canada were Quebec, Montreal, and Three Rivers. Afterwards, four other districts, were added, viz. : Gasp6, Kamouraska, St. Francis, and Ottawa. 39. The City of Quebec is the oldest city in Canada. It was founded in 1608, by Champlain, near the site of the Indian yilloge of Stad-a-oo-na. In 1629, it was taken by Sir David Kertk, but was rest-red to the French in 1632. It was finally captured by Wolfe, in 1769, after an heroic defence by Montcalm. The Americana attacked it in ITTS, but were repulsed, and their General, Montgomery, slain . The citadel and fortifications are the most famous in the world, next to Gibraltar. They cover an area of 40 acres, aud crown the summit of Cape Diamond, which is 850 feet above the river. The panoramic vitw from Durham Terrace is v«ry beautiful. The city is divided into Upper and Lower Town. Upper Town includes the citadel, and adjoins the Plains of Abraham. Lower Town is the seat of commerce. From this place the export trade in timber, ships, grain, ashes, and fura, valued at $6,000,<'00, is carried on. About 1,500 vessels clear annually from the port. Among the jjubiic buildings are the Laval University, th>^ Music Hall, Custom Post Ofiice. Roman Catholic Cathedral, Churt.b'?^. two Colleges, and a Normal School. The city is w II supplied with water and gas. There are also monuments to Generals WoU'e and Montcalm . The population is now about 4f5,000. 40. The Counties adjoining Quebec are well watered. They are the oldest and best settled coun- tiek in Lower Cana. Give the RcUolning counties* What li said of Anticosti, the Saguenay, the island .. Orleans, and other placeaf TOB CITA.DEI., CAVB DIAMOITD. THE BRITISH COLONIES LOWER CANADA. ^ of Is, is. by en =4 V\ St. Lawrence about 180 miles below Quebec. 41. The City of Montreal was founded The Laurentide Mountains, commencing below Quebec, extend along the northern banks of the St. Lawrence to tlie Gulf. The river Saguenay pierces them, and falls into the The scenery of this river is very grand in 1642, under the name of Ville-Marie, near '"*'* the site of the Indian village of Hoch-c-Ia-ga. Itisatthcheadof theship navigation.andis 170 miles from Quebec. It stands on the island of the same name, at the confluence of the Ottawa and St. Lawrence rivers. It is the chief commercial city in Canada ; and its mag- nificent stone quays, a mile in length, are un- equalled in America. It is connected by the Grand Trunk Railway with Upper Canada, Quebec, and Portland (United States.) Its manufactures embiace cotton, wool, ropes, cordage, type, cast-iron, India-rubber, sugar- refining, &c. The anmml value of its import trade is |4,000,000. The water-works cost f 1,200,000. There are twenty-three Churches, two Colleges, and two Normal Schools. The French Parish Church of Notre Dnme is th«j largest in America : it will hold 10,000 people. The other chief public buildings are the Court House, Bonsecours Market, the Banks, vari- ous Churches, Ac. The Victoria Bridge of the Grand Trunk Railway, when complete, will be most remarkable structure of the kind in the world. It is nearly two miles long. {See the illuatration on the next page.) The population is about 70,000. 42. The City of Three Rivers, si- tuated at the three-fold mouth of the river St. Maurice, is the capital of a most im- poi-tant section of Luwer Canada. This sec- tion includes the counties bordering on the rivers St. Maurice to the east andOttawa to the west, and embraces the entire com- merce of those noble rivers. The iron-works at Three Rivers have lor? been famous. Brick-making is also extent»l «ly carried on. The city it 90 miles from both Quebec and Montreal, with vhich it is connected by steamers. The population is about 7,000. nii/f/rArytjocti NOTBE DAME PARISH CHUBCH. 43. The St. Maurice re^rion has re- cently been explored, and is partially settled. The timber trade on the river is extensive. Railways to the Grand Piles on the St. Maurice, and to A.rthal) tory of Canada, aa being the spot on which Jacques Cartier first landed, when he planted the flew-de-lyi in the New World. VI. THE PROVINCE OF CANADA. " 1. United Canada. — Although physically, and to some extent nation- ally, distinct, the two Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada are politically and commercially united. As an integral part of the great Empire of Britain, Canada owes a willing allegiai. ^e to the Sovereign ; but the executive government and legislature of the Province are, practically, independent JSawrm**.— Describe the physical features. What is said of the Eastern Townships ? Describe the Qasp4 district and its surface. For what is the coast of Qasp^ memorable ? 38 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF of Imperial control. With her people, loyalty to the Sovereign, obedience to the laws, love for mankind, and reverence for sacred things, are felt to be duties en- joined by the imperative injunction to ** Honor all Men ; Love the Bro- therhood ; Fear God ; Honor the King." 2. Elements of the Constitu- tion.— Our Constitution is founded upon that of England. It is embodied in Acts of the Imperial and Canadian Par- liaments, and based upon those great na- tional compacts which are embraced in the following historical documents : I. national and fundamental compacts. 3. Magna Charta, or the Great Charter, gronted by King John, at Runnymede, near Windeor, in 1215, and again by Penry III. 1224. It secures to us persona, freedom, a constitutional form of government, trial by jury, free egress to and from the king- dom, and equitable and speedy justice. 4. The Charta de Foresta, granted by King John, 1215, abolished the royal privilege of hunting all over the kingdom, and restored to the lawful owners their .woods and forests. 5. Confirmatlo Chartarum, or Oon- firmation of the Great Charters (which were then made Common Law), and the Charter of the Forest, made by Edward I. in 1267. 6. The Statute of Treasons, granted ties of the subject, was assented to by Charles I. in 1627. 8. The Habeas Corpus Act, passed in the reign of Charles II. in 1769, It compels persons in charge of a prisoner to bring his body and warrant of oonunit- ment before a judge, within a specified time, so as to inquire into the legalitv of h's arrest. The judge's writ of habeas corpus may be demanded as a right, and cannot be refused, under penalty of a fine. 9. The Bill of Rights dechired the rights of the sul^eot ; and limited the suc- cession of the crown after the English re- volution of 1688. It was passed in the first year of the reign of William and Mary. 10. Other Acts. —The other more im- by Edward III. in 1S06, at the request of portant Acts mssed since 1688, related to Parliaments, defined treason, and put an end religious toleration ; to the settlement of the X. :..j:-!-i .1-..UX .-- :_ i\. i*-_ suoccsaion to the crown (also liihiting the Royal prerogative) ; the independence of Parliament ; and to Catholic Emancipation. These Acts from part of our Canadian Con- stitution, as well as the following : IMPSBIAL ACTS. 1768, ceded Canada to the Crown of England to judicial doubt or caprice in the matter Treason was still more clearly defined in the Act 86, Geo, III. ch. 7. 7. The Petition of Right, a parlia- mentary declaration of the rights and liber- II. 11. The Treaty of Paris, in I!»eroite$.—Uoyr does Canada ippredate her political advantages ? What sacred injunction influ- enoes her people ? Give the elements of our Colonial Constitution, and mention the national oompaots. ;! THE BRITISH COLONIB8 — CANADA. 3d This treaty seoored to the people of Lo'wer a supreme legislative couneil established. Canada the free exercise of Uieir religiv .., 13. The Constitutional Act of 1791, laws, and iostitutioos. In 1768, the Eng- divided the Province into Upper and Lower lish laws were introduced by niyal procla* Canada; introduced the representative sys- mation; but by the— tern of government; and set apart the 12. Quebec Act of 1774, the pro- Clergy Reserve lands. Un laoed Coulume de Paria (Custom of Paris) re tftored in civil matters. By this Act, the the En^sh law. 14. The Union Act of 1840, united English criminal law was perpetuated, and the provinces of Upper and Lower Canada. ■•*^ III. CANADIAN ACTS. -i-''^' !..-' ' f'V% 15. The Representation Act, the Franchise Act, and the Independence of Farlia ent Act, passed in 1R58. 16. The Legislative Council made elective in 1866. (See pages 2S and 40. ) 17. The Seignorlal Tenure, abolished in Lower Canada, and the proceeds of the Clergy Reserve Lands of Upper Canada applied to municipal purposes, in 1855-7. 18- Municipal Institutions intro* duced into Upper Canada in 1847, and into Lower Canada in 1847-65. 19. Systems of Uducation devised for Upper and Lower Canada, in 1841-6. 20. The Law of Primogeniture in Upper and Lower Canada repealed in 1861. CIVIL. GOVERNMENT. 21. Zkseoutive Government. — The system of Government is niooarchical, in its most popular form. The Queen is represented by a Governor. The Executive consists of a Governor General and a Cabinet Council comprising ten officers, or heads of depart* ments, viz. : Speaker of the Legislative Council, Attorney General for Upper Canada, Attorney General for Lower Canada, the Minister of Finance, Receiver General of the Public Revenue, Commissioner of Crown Lands^ Commissioner of Public Works, Post- master General, Provincial Secretary, and Minister of Agriculture. The Members of the Cabinet are appointed by the Governer, and hold office (unless removed) so long as they can retain the confidence and support of the Legislature, in which they muse hold seats. [In this respect our system differs from the American. In the United States, the Members of the Cabinet, appointed by the President, hold office fur four years, and are independent of Congress. They cannot be changed during the President's four years* tenure of office, except by his consent.] ' 22. The Legislature consists of three branches: 1. The Queen (represented by the Governor) ; 2. The Legislative Council ; and, 8. The House of Assembly. The con- sent of each branch is necessary before a bill can become law. 23. The Governor General is select- ed by the Crown, and generally holds office for SIX years. He is guided by general, or special, instructions; by law and usage; and reports on public matters, from time to time, by despatches to the Imperial Govern- ment. He IS the chief executive officer, ^antsmarriaee licenses, and is commander- in-chief of Uxe militia. He assembles, prorogues, and dissolves parliament, and assents to all unreserved bills passed by it Erevious to tJieir becoming law. Reserved ills await Her Majesty's pleasure ; and any law can be disallowed by the Queen within two Tears from the date of its passing. 24. The Legislati ve Council corres- S»erci»ei.—Qive the Imperial and Canadian elements of the constitution of Canada. What are the chief features of her dvil government— the Bzeoutive and Legidative F J)eteribe thsm. \1 40 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF ponds to the House of Lords in England, or to the Senate of Congress in the United States. The members were formerly ap« pointed by the Crown for life ; but they are now elected for eight years — each electoral district returning one member. The old members retain their seats for life, unless disqualified. The Speaker is appointed by the Governor, and is a member of the Cabinet. The Council 'can originate any but a money bill. It may also reject any bill passed by the Assembly. It can be dissolved by the Governor. There 25. The House of Assembly corres- ponds to the House of Commons in Eng- land and to the House of Representatives in the United States. It consists of 180 members (65 from Lower Canada and 66 from Upper Canada,) elected by freeholders and householders in counties, cities, mid towns. The Speaker is elected by the House, for each parliamentary term of four years. This branch can originate any bill. It controls the revenue and expenditure of the Province. The forms of procedure in both branches of the Legislature are eimi- are forty eight electoral divisions— twenty-four lar to those of the Imperial Parliament, in each Province. (^See pages 28 and 89.) JUDICIARY. ' •-' NoT>— The chief fetturei of the original conitltution of the Superior Courts are giTcn ; out in Upper Canada the Court* of Queeii'i Bench and Common Pleat have now Tery nearly the lame co-ordinate power* and jurisdiction. 26. The Superior Courts of Upper Canada are ; 1 . Queen's Bench, presided over by a Chief Justice and two puisn6 Judges. This is the highest Common Law Court; it has alhiost exclusive authority in criminal matters, and can compel all in ministration of estates. 8. County Courtst with equity powers, to try all civil cases under $200 and |400. Cmirta cf Quar- ter Seaaionn^ to try cases of larceny and other petty offences. 6. Recorder^ Cottrts are Quarter Sessions for cities. 6. Division ferior courts and public officers to perform Courts try summarily, in divisions of ooun acts required of them. 2 Chancery, pre sided over by a Chancellor and two Vice- chancellors. It is a Court of Equity, and is designed to supply, in civil matters, the deficiencies of other Courts, either in their machinery or rigid adherence to peculiar forms. ' 8. Common Pleas, presided over ties, small civil eases. 7. Insolvent Debtor^ Courts, held by County Judges. 28. The Superior Courts of Lower Canada are; 1. The Queen^s Bench, which has one Chief Justice and four puisn4 Judges. It hears appeals, and gives judg- ment in serious criminal matters. 2. The by a Chief Justice and two puisn6 Judges, Superior has one Chief Justice and seven> has more special jurisdiction between sub- teen puisne Judges. It gives judgment in Ject and subject, ^fhe Judges of the Queen*s Bench and Common Pleas hold the Courts of Assize, in the various counties, twice a {ear. 4. Error and Appeal, presided over y the Chief Justice of Upper Canada, and !■ composed of all the Superior Judges and an ez«judge. Its name and composition in- dicate its jurisdiction and authority. 27. The other Courts are ; 1. Heir and Deviate, to determine claims of land from the Crown. 2. Probate and Surrogate to give legal effect to wills and to the ad- cases and appeals from the Inferior Courts. 8. The Admiralty, which has one Judge. It tries maritime cases. 29. The other Courts are: 4. Com- miaaionera, in parishes, for trying civil cases under $26. 6. Quarter Sessions \ and 6. Special Magistrates. 30. Final Appeal —There is a Final Appeal, in all civil cases over |2,000, from the Superior Courts of Upper and Lower Canada, to the Judicial Committee of Her Majesty's Privy Council in England. . * E»0reUea.—yrhni is said of the Lqrislative Council and the House of Assembly? What Courts eiistiu Upper and Lower Canada f Describe them. In what oases can a final appeal be midef THB BBITI8H COLOMES— CANADA. TSABS A5D COMHXBCIB — CANALS AIO) BAILWATS. ...m 31* Commeroial Facilities. — Few countries, with the same amount of revenue, have done so much to develop trade and commerce as Canada. Stimulated by the munificence of the Giteb of all Good, in conferring upon the Province the magnificent lakes and extensive rivers which she possesses, the Legislature has still further increased her facilities for internal communication and trade, by promoting the construction of numerous ca- nals and railroads, with their invaluable adjuncts, the telegraphic lines. The» postal system is also very complete. Canada has reciprocity arrangements with Great Britain, the British North American Colonies, and the United! States. They refer principally to the free exchange of the natural products of each country. Canada has also a decimal currency and silver coinage. , 32. Imports — TLe annual value of the |10,600,000 ; United States, 118,500,000; imports into Canada, is between $40,000,000 and 160,000,000. In 1856, it was $43,600,- 000 ;— |!ic\000,000 from Great Britain: $28,000,00*), from the United States ; and $1,000,000 from the North American Colo- nies. The chief iii-: ports are woollens, cot- tons, silks, iron, tobacco, tea, and sugar. 33. EzportB. — The annual value is be- tween $30,000,000 and $40,000,000. In 1856 it was $32,000,000 and included : Produce of the mine, $165,000; sea, $600,000; and forest, $10,000,000. Animals and their produce, $2,600,000 ; agricultural products, $16,000,000; manufactures and ships, $1,600,000. Exports to great Britain, Exports to great 37. The Canals of Canada are extensive and important, total length is 216 miles. They are as follows : British North American Colonies, $1,000,000 About 80,000,000 bushels of wheat are grown annually. Fisheries are promoted. 34. Manufocturea are principally wool- len, iron, jQclass, Indian-rubber, cabinet ware^ soap, candles, &c., for domestic use. • 35. Revenue— The net revenue in 1 B59ii was about $6,000,000. Customs, $4,500,00(1 Public Works, $500,000; Crown Laods. $500,000, Casual, $320,000. 36. Bxpenditureiu 1866 was $5,200,- 000 ; Interest, nearly $1,000,000; Civil Go- vernment, $225,000 ; Legislation, $450,000 ; Justice, $450,000; Education, $380,000; Collection of Revenue, $940,000. Their 38. Welland, connects Lakes Erie and Ontario, and thus overcomes the Niagara Falls. Its length is 28 miles. It has twenty-nine locks, and surmounts 884 feet. There are two entrances on Lake Erie- Ports Maitland and Colborne ; and one on has 47 locks, and surmounts an aggregate elevation of 476 feet, viz., 165.from Kings- ton up to Lake Ricleau, and 292 from Lake Rideau down to the Ottawa. The entrance at Kingston is by the Cataraqui River ; and the outlet, at Ottawa, by the Rideau River. Lake Ontai'io— Fort Dalhoasie. It was pro- It was commenced in 1 826, and was origin jected by tho Hon.W.H. Merritt, in 1818-24, and completed in 1829. It has been further enlarged. Total cost about $6,600,000. 39. Rideau, connects Lake Ontario with the River Ottawa. It is 126^ milen long . ally constructed by the British Govemmeot for military purposes. It cost $8,660,000. 40, St. Lav/rence, consists of a series of canals extending from near Prescott to the entrance of Lake St Louis as follows : J«rerot«M.— What are the commeroial fiMnlitiM of Canada— her imports, exports, manufisoturM, revenue,>nd ezpesditure ? Describe the canals, and iraos them on the map. o ' 42 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF 1. Wtlttanuburah, four in number ; 9J miles long, with three locks. 3. Orenville, 6* miles long, with SIX looks, and designed to »ur- long with seven locks. 4. Ste. ^nn«'« lock at mount Mje rnpids at Galops Point Iroquois, Ste. Anne's Rapids (celebrated in Moore's Rapid Plat, and Farran's Point. 2 Corn- "Canadian Boat Song.") 6. Lachine, from wall, at the Long 8au t Rapi.ls ; U^ miles the Rapids at the foot of Lake St. Louis, to long, with seven locks. 3^ Beauharnoif, Montreal ; 8^ miles long, with five locks from the foot of Lake St. Francis to the head of Lake St. Louis; llj miles long, -with nine locks, and surmounts the rapids at Coteau, the Cadres, and the Cascades. Total cost, $5,500,000. The obstructions in the intermediate navigation of the St. Law- rence have also been very lately removed. 41. Ottawa, as follows; l. Chats, be- tween the Chats and ChandJ^re Lakes, near the city of Ottawa. 2. Carillon, two miles 42. Chambly, extends from St. John's to Chambly, on the Richelieu River, llj miles. With St. Ours' Lock, it completes the navigation from the St. Lawrence to Lake Ohamplain. Cost |600,000. A canal by another route is in contemplation. 43. Burlington, connects Burlington Bav, at Hamilton, with Lake Ontario. 44. Railways of Canada.— Within the last few years, the railway system of Canada has been rapidly developed. In 1850, there were only two short railways. In 1857, there were fourteen, with an aggregate length of 1,667 miles. A Canadian line of ocean Bteamships have also been successfully estab- lished. The two principal railways in Canada are the Grand Trunk and the Great Western. The Grand Trunk line, when completed, will extend to 1,026 miles, including the celebrated Victoria Tubular Bridge, of nearly two miles in length. {See illustration on page 36). The Suspension Bridge on the Great Western line is also a wonderful structure. {See illustration on pagn 16.) A tubular bridge is also pro- jected near this bridge, and one at Fort Erie. The following are the completed and projected railways of Canada, in 1868 :— fj 45 I. Rallwaya completed, or under oontraot ; RiiiwAn. Mibu (1) Ghampbiia and St. Lawrence <2) Montreal and New Tork (Not. 1 knd • are now amalf tinated.) (8) Grand Trunk (4) Ottawa and Prescott (6) Oobourgand Peter boro' (6) Port Hope and Lindsay 43 962 S4 28i lbwr0»«M.— Describe, and trace Bay Canals. What ii said of the RlMABKI. CoNt $1,600,000, and connects Montreal with Lake Cham* plain. This was the first railway in Canada. Cost 11,100^0 ; extends to the Province line ; includes the Laohine Railway, and a Ferry two miles in length. Cost ^.000,000, and connects Portland (Maine) and Que- bec with Sarnia, Upper Canada. At Richmond the line divides into branches; one running to Portland, the other to Quebec. Has an extension to Trois-Pistoles, &c, > Joins the Grand Trunk Railway at Presoott, opposite Of^ensburgh (New York.) Joins the Grand Trunk Railway and Steamers at Coboarg. May extend to Marmora. Joins the Grand Trunk Railway and lake steamers at Port Hope. It is proposed to extend the Une to Lakes Sim- ooe and Huron. on the map, the St. Lawrence. Ottawa, Chambly, and Bmrlington railways of Canada P Traoe them alao on the map. THE BRITISH COLONIES — CANADA. 43-44 \, (7) Ontario. Simcoe, and Huron (Northern Railway.) (8) Hamilton and Toronto (9) Great Western (10) Gait and Guelph (11) London and Port Stanley.... (12) Buffalo (U.S.)& Lake Huron (13) Erie and Ontario (14) Welland.. MlUM, "95" 88 229 26 24 160 18 26 80 1892 (15) Woodstock and Lake Erie.... Total Miles 46. n. Projected (16) Great Southern ....; (17) Grand Junction (18) London and St. Mary's , (10)Brockvine, Perth, and Ottawa (20) North Shore. (21) St. Maurice (22) Toronto & L. Huron(Gentral) (23) Hamilton and Port Dover ... (24) Whitby and Lake Huron .... 60 120 m J?xem«e«.— Trace on the them along the n^way lines. map^e projected Cost $3,300,000, and extendM from Toronto to Gollingwood. on Npttawasa^^ Bay. Steamers connect with this line on Lakes Simcoe. Huron, and Ontario. A branch of the Great Western Bailw«y, connecting the two cities. Cost $14,000,000. Passing through Upper Canada, it con- nects the States of New York and Michigan (Niagara Falls and Detroit.) It has a branch to Gait, Saruia. Ac. Connects with the Great Western Railway at Gait. Passes through Preston to Guelph. Ma* extend to Owen Sound. A feeder to the Great Western BAflway, extending to Port Stanley, on Lake Erie. Designed to connect Lake Erie (opposite BufTalo, United. States) with Lake Huron, at Goderich. Crosses the Great Western at Paris, and the Grand Trunk at Stratford. Extends from the mouth of the Niagara River to Chip- pewa ; thence to Buffalo, by steamer. Connects with the Great Western Railway at the Suspension Bridge. Will ntn parallel to the Welland Canal. Connects Port Dalhousie and Colborne. May extend along Lake Eri^, either way. and Partly Completed Railways : To run parallel to the Great Western Railway along the shore of Lake Erie. An extension of the Grand Trunk Railway from Belleville to Feterboro' and Lake Huron. An extension from Port Stanley to St. Mary's, passing through London. Jo connect with the Grand Trunk Railway. To connect Quebec with Lake Huron, along the north shore of the St. Lawrence, and south of the Ottawa rivers, &c. ( See pages 29 and 36.) To connect Lakes Ontario and Erie. To connect Lakes Ontario and Huron. . . ,1 47. Simultaneously with the system of railways, corresponding lines of telegraph have been established throughout Gauada. The principal public telegraphr are the Montreal line, extending, with its branoh* es, to all the principal cities and towns in Canada, and, by connection, to the East- ern Provinces and to the United States ; and House's Montreal and New York line which extends S4 miles to the Province line, and thence to New York. 48. Post Offices are established in 1 ,400 places in Canada. The post routes extend to an aggregate distance of 12,000 miles. An uniform rate of five cents railways. What is said of the telegraphs P Trace said of po8t what peculiar to all ? Describe the aomestio habits of the Indiana. A" THE BRITT8H COLONIES — CANADA. 45-4e the akioB gathered round their neelu. Their ehief omaments were feathers, porcupine- qoillB, bones, or shelb. They tatooed, as well as painted, their faces and bodies. 3. Hiaroglyphicti. — Indian treaties were generally hierogljphical, as were also ^ ^iffXii f i'f^ BBCOKD 09 ▲ PABTT CV irilTB. all their recorded deeds. The foregoing Irieroglyphics give an account of a warlike foray. The nine paddles in the canoe indi- cate nine warriors; the figures represent prisoners, with tomahawk, bow, arrow, war- club, &c. One prisoner is beheaded; an- other with the sbaaing below, is a woman. The fire and animals indicate a council held by ohiefsiof the bear and turtle tribes. 3a. The Totem, or Jfl^ j^ outline of some animal, f^y^ S' from do-daim, a family ^J Ji mark, was always the '^'^ — -^Z diief signcture to a '^' treaty. Thet»tem,and ^oh'^^\'?o'xbm. not the personal name, was generally inscribed on the tomb. The followin g were totenwi of the chief tribes ; 4. Wampam.— Indian money, consisted of white or purple tubes, made of the inside of Uie conch or clam shells, either fastened on belts or strung like beads, and called wampum. Each bead had t determined value. Wampuui was used either in traoe or politics. Wampum belts were the official records of nil! .nee, and, in the hands of a chief, were the i atifioatloa of trea- ties of friendship, (be. 5. l%e Calumet, or peace-pipe, was made of clay or stone, and ornamented ; and when smoked by the sachems with an enemy or a stranger, it indicated puace and fidelity. 6. The 'Weapons of war or of the chase, consisted of ^ f WAMFU3C. TWb*. Algonquin Nepistlng Ottawas Tabittikis Iroquois(8iz ) Nationn.) S Huron* 2ibws8 iSMMSUBaS ) (River In- J dianH) S Petuns IWffN. IVDIAH WBAPOHS. CALUMBTS. Show and arrow ; (6) war club; (c) toma- wk; (d) atone hatdiet; and («) soalping- knife ; and spear. War was the chief oeou- pation of the Indians, either among them- selves, or, in laiet times, agaiuat the white settlements. Forty braves or warriors constituted an ordinary j war-pa rty, under a chief but B o m e- ♦;»,«- .U «.. PAtMADBD B0ILDI5OS. times SIX or JBar«rciM«.—Deoi|iher the hieroglyphics ftiven. Explain the totem. What is wampum? What Is the calumet f Dbicribe the weapons, and state what wm the object of palisaded buildings. Montreal Two M ountalnt , Ottawa Biver ... Lake Temlsoaminfr United BUtesand Canada Of Lake Huron ... Lake Superior St. ClKlr. Quinte ) Toronto, Ac ... i Huron and Geor- ( frisn i'eninwila ' A green oak. A heron. A grey squirrel An esgle. jWoTf, bear, ( deer, Ac Cord, rook. Ac- Loon and bear. A crane. Wolf and stag 46 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF nine \entured out upon the "\7ar-path" 8. The Religion of the Indians con- alone. For protection, the colonists had to sisted chiefly in the belief of a good and erect timber-palisades about their dwell ings, and around which the Indian would stealthily watch for i:is victim. (See the illutlration on tJ^e preceding page.) 7. BuriaL—The dead were usually placed on a high scaffold, either sitting or lying. Sometimes they SCAFVOLT) BUBIAL. paints, &c., were placed beside them for tLeir use in the " happy hunting grounds beyond the setting sun ' evil spirit. There were no infidels among them. Although they defied the heavenly bodies and the elements, they pre-eminently adored the Oreat Manitou, or Master of Life. They had dim traditions of the crea- tion, the deluge, and of the great atone- ment. 9. The Sachem, or head of a tribe, was frequently an hereditary monarch and were wrapped in sometimes owed his elevation to his prow- skins, and laid on ess or oratorical powers. He could be de- sticks In a pit. posed ; but while in power he was supreme. Weapons, food In council composed of the elders, he pre- sided as umpire, and to his decision all bowed with submission. A chief was sub- ordinate to the sachem, and was the leader of a war-party. 10. The Indians of Canada. — The principal groups of Indians which occupied the area of Canada at the time of its discovery, were the Adirondacks (the Algonquins proper,) and the Huron-Iroqiiois. The Hurons, on their ariival, remained in Canada; out the Iroquois removed to New York. (See No, 14. page 47.) After the war of the American Revolution, some of the iruquuit?, or Six Nation Indians, who had •previously subdued ^heir brethren the Eries and the Hurons, removed to Canada, and settled on lands' (;rauteQ to them by King George III. (See No. 16, page 48.) I'he minor tribes are noticed in detail. 11. The Al-gon-quins. or Ad-i-ron- dacks, with the Huion-Iroquois, are said to have descended from the north, b}' the Ottawa (or Utawns) river, at the close of. Uie 16th century, and to have occupied the left bank of the St. Lawrence. They wore called Adirondacks (iir bark-eaters), in de- rision, by the Iroquois. They received the fenerio name of Algonqums from the 'rench. In Indian they were called Odia qua fume, — " People at the end of the water." D arts and other attainments thev excelled thoi Iroquois. They are supposed to have been at the head of a great northern con- federacy similar to that of tlx Six Nation Indians. In later times they were allies of the French and Wyandots, in th»'ir will's against the No-do-was, or Iroquois. The principal tribes of the Algonquin group settled in British North America, were : (I) The Montagnaisdu Saguenuy (Sague- nay Mountaineers) : (2) The T^tos de b^ule (the Bull-heads of the St. Maurice); (8) The Ottawas); (4) The Ojibwaa, or Chlp- pewas of Lake Superior and River Winni- £eg (Sauteux of the French) ; (5) The lashk^gons of the River Nelson and the Crees (lct> Cris) of the River Saskatchewan. No tribe of this sroup hns been found west of the Rocky Mountains; nor have any tribe of the Chippewayan group been found east of the Hudson's Bay. 12. The Ot-ta-waa, or Ut-a-was. A tradition of this tribe asserts that they were members of a northern confederacy — (»«e AlgonqutHM) — that they migrated snd se- Erereieee.—Detcrihc the Indian tiiode of burial, and state what was their religious boHof. Who was the sachem? Qivo the princi]iBl Indian tribes ol Canada, and a sketch of the Algonquins. THE BRITISH COLONIES — CANADA. 47 1 I Earatid ; the AdirooHacka fixing their untiog grounds near Quebec, the Hurons abng the Upper Lakea, and the Ottawas nehr Michilimackinac aud Detroit. They exacted tribute from the tribes passing through their territory. They are chiefiy noted for their famous uu: 'o, under their chief Pontiac, with the Ojibwas, Sacs, Sene- caf>, Pottawottamies and otiiers for the capture of nine Lritirti posts, in 1768. The capture of Michilimackinac was entrusted to the Ojibwaj^ and Sac Indians. On the 4th June, 1763 (king Georfije's birthday), Mioa- vavana, an Ojibway chief, invited the Eng- lish to witness a game at ball. Having played up to the gate of the fort, the la- iiians rushed in, seized and massacred the garrison.cxcept a few who escaped. Pon- tiac alone failed at Detroit. {See " Bio- graphy. ") Remnants of the Ottawas are now settled on the Manitouliu Islands, in Lake Huron. STRAI'i SLAND OF MICHILIMACKINAC, AT THE ENTBAMCB TO tAKB MICHIOAV. 13. The O-jlb-wa, or Od-jibway, [plural Odjibwaig] occupied the shores of Lake Superior, and included the Mes-sas uag-nes (or Mis-se-sau-gas), who occupied the area at the mouth of a river oallea by their name, Ijring between Point Tessalon and La Cloche, on the north shore of Lake Huron. The Oiibways sheltered the flying Hurons, and defeated their pursuers at Point Iroquois, Lake Superior. The Ojib- ways and Missesau;;a6 are both called by different writers Ohip-pe-wavs. (The Chip. Se-way-ans are a Rocxy Mountain tribe.) :emnant8 of the Ojibways are now settled at Alnwick, Rice Lake, New Credit, Sar- nia, and Lukes Simcoe and Couchiohing. The Chippewa, like the Algonquin of old, is now the common business language of the Indians, and is as necessary among them as French is among Europeans. 14. The Wy-an-dota, or Hurona, chiim to have been originally at the head of the Iroquois group of tribes. They occupied the northern shores of the St. Lawrence (westward from the present site of Mon- treal), Lake Ontario, Lake Simcoe, <&o. After their alliance with the Adirondacks, the Iroquois waged a war of extermination against them, aud pursued them up the Ottawa to the Manitoulin Islands fin the lake since called Huron ), to Mich-iUi-mack- i-nac, and to the northern shores of Lake Superior. Here the Ojibways sheltered them, and defeated the Iroauois at Point Ii-oquois, or the " place of the Iroquois bone. " The French missionaries after- wards collected the scattered remnants of the tribe, and settled them at the village of Lorette, near Quebec. 15. The Minor Tribes of, or bordering on, Canada, were; (1) The Petun for To- bacco) Indians [Ti-on-non-to-tei], wlu) ooou- Eied the peninsula lying between Oeorffian lay and Lake Huron. Routed by the Iro- quois, they fled, in 1650, to Missouri. (2) The At-tl-wen-da-ronk, or "Neutral Na- Exereiu$.—Q\vo a sketoh of the Ottawas, the Ojibways. the Wvsndots, and the minor tribes of the Indians of Canada. Point out on the map the position of Michlliuiaokinac. 48 GEOGR'PHY AND HISTORY OF off: tion" (speaking a Huron dialect), bo called were the neutral nation epokeu of, or were from their onginal neutraaty in the wars it the head of a teutral alliance of tribes between the Iroquois and four tribes of •— ♦'•" »— «-*— t-i,^ u-.j- HuroHH, at Lake Huron. This peaceful txibf occupied a part of the Cunadit.n shore Lake Ontario and both sides of the Niagara riv«. Having ut length aided the ^veater HuroDS, ti-cokes, branch- Carolina, in 1666-8. They occupied the es of the Le-ni Le-na-pes (or original peo- southem shore of Lake Eiie, and have left pie), are settled in the western part of the evidences of their former power in the in- Province, near London. (9) The At-ti-kam- scriptions on the rocks of Cunningham Is- i-ques, in the north of Canada, were de- land. Some writers think that the Eries stroyed by the pestilence of 1670. 16. The Huron Iroquois group or family included : (1) The Six Nation Indians ; and, (2) The Hurons (Wyandots) ns well as ♦he following tribes : (8) The Sioux (Da- koh'tas) ; (4) The Assiniboinep fSioux of the rocks , from Asiina (Ojibway), rocks or stones, and bumn, or pvodn, a Sioux (or little Iroquois) ; and, (6) The Blackfect {let pieda noira. ) Of these we refer now only to the celebrated Six Nation Indians. The history of these Indians, although chiefly indentified with that of the State of New York, is also intimately connected with that of Oanada. As a confederacy, they were the faithful allies of the iilnglish Crown from the earliest colonial times until the close of the Ameri- can Revolution. The Six Nations embraced the following cantons, or tiibes : (1) The Mohawks; (2) Oneidas; (8) Onondagas ; (4) Cayugas ; (6) Senecas ; and (6) The Tus- caroras. At the close of the revolutionary war, the Mohawks, Cayugas, Onondagas, and others, removet' to Canada, and settled : Ist. At Brantford, on the Grand River (so called after Brant, tht cele! >*ated Mohawk chief), where they received a grant from the Crown of 160,000 acres along both sides of the river to its mouth ; 2nd. At Tyendinaga, on the Bay of Quint6 (so called also after Brant's Indian name^ ; and, Srd. On the River Thames. In 16*71, a portion of the Mohawks settled at Sault St. Louis, near Montreal I 17. Origin and Settlement — The origin of the Iroquois is very obscure. Their own tradition is that they originally descended the river Ottawa, and resided, as a small tribe, at Hochelaga (Montreal.) They were subject to the Adirondacks, and from them learned the arts of husbandry and war. Becoming numerous, they sought to secure their independence ; but bein^ vanquished, they were compelled to fly. Having as- cended the St. Lawrence, and coasted the southern shore of Lake Ontario, they entered the Oswego river, and scattered themselves in separate bands throughout various parts of he State of New York. 18. Confederacy. — Afterward, for mutual protection, and at the desire of the Onon- dagas, they formed a league, under the title of Ho-de-no-sau-nee, or "People of the Long House." This house extended from the River Hudson to the great lakes of Canada. *>-»l Jlxeri.. tea. ^Give aikttch of the Huron-Iroauoib group oflndians. and settlement ? Point out, on the map, the placet mentioned. What ia said of their origin THE BRITISH COLONIES— CANADA. 48-49 d :s S The Mohawks guarded the eastern end, and the Senecas the western. The structaro of this league suggested the union of the thirteen colonies in the rerolutionary war — aa union which was afterwards developed into the political compact of the present United States. The confederacy is supposed to have been formed in 1540. It was successfully maintained for upwards of 200 years; indeed it has never heen formally dissolveo. Originally it only included five cantons or nations; but, in 1712, the Tu<;oarora8, a southern tribe, were admitted, and became the sixth nation. The Ne-ca-ri-a-ges, a retr. nant of the Hurons at Mich-il-i-mack-i>nac (the " Oreat Turtle," abbreviated to Maok«i> naw), was nominally admitted, in 1728, as a seventh nation. Bv the Adirondaoks, the Indians of this celebrated league were known as the Min*goes ; Nod-o-was, or " Adde? Enemy," by the Ojibwas and Hurons; Iroquois by the French; and Six Nations by the English. The French term " Iroquois " is founded on the Indian approbatory excla- mations " Toe ! Hauh!" 19. "Wars. — In their protrac'ed wars they extirpated the Eiies; utterly destroyed the power of the Hurons ; defeated the Adirondacks and Utawas, nnd thus placed Canada under their sway. In 1640-1670, they drove the An-das tes ami At-ti-ouao-di- rons, or " Neutral Nation," and Petuns, from the N''.igara Petiiofiulti and the Lake» ; and after their conquest of Canada, established colouies along the northern shores of Lake Ontario. In 174C they reached their zenith; and after the close of the American Revo» luUon, their power began gradually to decline (-See" jBranf," »n iSio^irapAy.y . ^., , 2C. INDIAN NAVES OP PLAGES IN CANADA. PreMBt Name. KamourMka Minffan Islanda Stadacona Quebec Do Montreal St. Lawrence Arthabaska Cacouna Chicoutiini Temiscouata Shewaneotan Tamaohiche Tamaaka Maskinonafe Madawaska Mttirisquoi Rimouitki Tadousimn rlikke St. John Sagiienay St. Reffin Caughnawaca Ottawa River , Ottawa Lake of Two Mountains. Indian Name, A-kAmoa-ras-kaw Mah-in*gan I-ta-tak-wan Ke-peo , Kea-ga Oa^na-wa-ga Ath-a-bas-ka Ka-kou*nak Ish-ko-ti-mow Ti-niew-ishk>wa>taw Cha>boni-i!«hknip Ah>qua-B08-ne Oauph-ne^waHRa Oit- he-kip-pi Ot-i wa Po-da- wand*um>eag. . Dialect. Croe Do Do Do Mohawk Do Oneida ... Cre»» Do Do Do Do Do Do Ojibway.. Do Oree Ojibway.. Cree Do Do Mohawk Do Ojibway.. Do Do Signifleation. Rushoa at the water's edge. A wolf. A wing. It in closed. Two points contiguoiw. AlmoMt broken. The rapid river The place of hav, or rushes. Home of hodgehogs. It ia deep. Deep ererywhero. A needle, or pa.sHor ti.roii^h. .\Ind at the bottom. > Ruahea at tlie bottom. A large lake pike. River eLteriiiK tiirough rushes. A great woman. Home of doga. Conical mountains. A low lake. Water coming on. Partrldgex drumming. Place of the Chrlatlans. The great river. An ear. Broad watera. J&MTctsM.— What is said of the Iroquois oonfederacy and of their wars f Give some of the most IMftular ludian naoies of plaoes and tbetr sifmifloation. Point them out on the map also. o 2 49-50 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF /V Pretent Nunc. Indian Name. Dialect. Slfnifleatioa, Lake St. Francis Ga-na'Sa^da'Ks Oneida r^ Mj> k ... J Ojr V Seiiuja Ojlbw«y Do Do Do Do Do Mohawk ... Ojibway Do Do Do Do Do Onondaga... Do Mohawk ... Do Seneca Mohawk ... Do Seneca Mohawk ... Ojibway Do A Side hill- Rooks in deep water. Port in the water. Rocks above water. - ■.". ., Flour. -i V Trail to cany boats. A pickerel. ''••'■ A pigeon. j- , • «,-.**;. A herring. Rocks on both sides. Shallow water. A perch. Trees in the water. AhighhiU. River where credit is given. " Alder district. Young pine-tree district- He walks along. , - ; River with two outlets. On the hills. Mouth of the Iroquois river. See above. Sand bur. A neck, or btt tit, between lakes. Mountain dies in the river. The highest falls. Flowing, or spreading, out. It sails well. Big sea water. ; A circular lake. Deep water lake. A great turtle. A rapid. Little lake. Rapid current. Dirty water. The island of the Ottawa. The cave of the spirit. Running sand.* ' Marshy lend. Great mouth of riven. The lake source of a river. ' Round-a«bout river. Gananoaue Oa*nan-o-que KinvHton Ghi-dai'O-aue Catiuraqui Ca*da-roc>qui t Nananee Naw-naw-na Gwa-u-gweh Gonsecon Con-see-con Omemee 0-mee-me Otonaboe 0-to-na-bee 1 BobcavKCon Bob-cay-ge»on 8ouff0ic SCU-gOR Oshawa OS'SaW'Wa Toronto Do-on-do Spadina Ish-pah-de-nah Credit Muh-ze-nah-e-ga-zee«be... Ah-do-be-kong Etobicoke 1 ChinKuaoousy Shin-qwa-louse-e-ke E-ne-mo-sa , J Eramosa J Nassagawcya Nauzh-e-sah-geli-way-aug On-nun-da-ga 1 Onondaro Nottawasaga Nod-do-wa-sah-ge Hamilton I Burlington Bay i Niatcara River De-o-na-sa-de-o... < 0-ne-au*ga-rah Oueenston Do-che-ha-o 1 rock's Monument Gus-ta*ote Niagara Palls Chippewa Date-car-sko-sase Jo-na-dak Grand River Swa*geh Wawauosh Wa-wa-nosh Lake Suoerior Git'Che-gu-mee Do ... Lake St. Clair Wa-we«a-tun-ong Algonquin... Ojibway Do Do Do Cree Temisoaming Ti-mes-ga-ming Michiiimackinack Mish-U-I-mac-i-nAk Sault Ste. Marie Pah-wah-teeg Nipissing Nip-is-ing Saskatchewan Kish-ish-ad-ji-wan Winnepeg Win-ni-pig Do Manitoulin 0*taw-mi-ni9 Ojibway Do Do Do Do Do Do Do ). Manatouahning Mah-nae-tow-ah-ning Pe-nc'tan-gui-sheen Mudge-esau nac erected a fort on the site of the present City of Kingston, in 1678. The fort was afterwari's I'ebuilt and strengthened by Sieur de la Salle, and efforts were made to extend the French trading posts as far west as Niagara and Detroit 9. French Exploration.— At the su^' gestion of M. Talon (the Intendant), Louis Jolietto was despatched to explore the west- ern waters. He was accompanied by Father Marquette. These sdventurous men trar 2. Discovery. — Although the coasts of Newfoundland and Labrador were visited by John and Sebastian Cabot, in 1497, it was not until 1634 that Canada was ac- tually discovered. In that year, Jacques Carticr, a French Vice-Admiral, left St. Malo, in France, for America, and reached the coast of GaspS on the festival of St. Laurent. In honor of the day, he gave the name of St. Lawrence to the magnificent gulf and river up whose waters he had sailed. He proceeded as far as Stadacona (Quebec) and Hoohelaga (Montreal). He was received with kindness and dignity by the native Indians, f^n his return to France, he carried away wif/. aim the Huron chief, Donnacona. The chief did not long sur- vive his exile. Cartier i etumed to Canada ; but met with so i many disastors, and was received with such evident hostility by the Indians, that he soon left for France, and shortly afterwards died. 3. Settlement. — For 70 years little was aecomplished ; but in 1608, Samuel de Champlain made the first successful at- tempt at settlement, and laid the foundation of we City of Quebec. He also discovi'red the beautiful Lake, since called Champlain, and pcnoi.'ated into Upper Canada as far as the head nv aters of the Trent river. 4. Early Indian Wars.— For 50 years from the periou of the settlement of Quebec, the infant colony and its Indian allies (the Adirondacks and Hurons,) were engaged in a^series of contests with the Iroquois and their Enelish allies. At the end of that period, Uie Iroquois had extended their sway over nearly the whole of C<\nada, west of Montreal ; and even kept at bay, within their forts, the French rulers. Champlain and his successors made gallant efforts to shield their Indian allies ; but they were Str^rciwM.— Into what periods is Canadian history generally divided? Give them; and aknaa account of the discovery of Oanada, its BetUement, early Indian wars, capture of Quebec, fto. '■■f f 9 S ) e B it I r >( « 1 \r ir THE BRITISH COLONIES— CANADA. 52-53 yened the great lakes, and at length "^ched the famous Mississippi in 42' 80^ N. . In 16*78-1683, this river was again Explored to ita month, by the heroic Sieur de la Salle, Father Hennepin, and the Chevalier de Tonti. 10. First Colonial Contests —Tn 1682, Frontenac, the chivalrous Frinch governor, was recalled, and M. la Barre appointed in his place. The contests which commenced at this time, between the French and Eng- lish colonists, had their origin in the efforts of the former to protect their monopoly of trade with the northern and western In- dians, fLjd to prevent its diversion from the channel of the St. Lawrence to New York. 11. Diversion of Trade. — In these commercial contests, can be traced the first imperceptible beginnings of that gradual transference of our trade, (and it has never since been fully restored) from its natural channel of the St. Lawrence to the New York seaboard. To the efforts made to re- store it, which were begun nearly two cen- turies ago, may be attributed one of the pri- mary causes which led to a retaliatory ex- pedition from Boston, under Pbipps, against the seat of French commerce at Quebec. 12. Second Expedition to Quebec. —In 1689, Frontenac was re-appointed go- vernor; but the commercial disputes had alreadybecome so fierce, that the expedition from ^ioston against Quebec was determined upon by the New York and New England colonists. Sir William Phipps, with afleet, and Governor Winthrop^ with an army, were accordingl;^ sent, Winthrop returned without accomplishing anything; out Phipps pushed on. After capturing some inferior posts on the St. Lawrence, Sir William reached Quebec in October, 1690. He was bravely repulsed by Frontenac, and com- pelled to return to Boston, wiUi his shat- tered fleet, greatly mortified at his defeat. 13. Iroquois Inroads.— From this pe- riod, until the treaty of Utrecht, in 1718, iKv0roJ«M.— What is said of French exploration, colonial contests, diversion of trade, leoond expe* •4itk>n to Quebec, Iroquois inroads, colonial development, ebb and flow of war, and Lord Otiatham t H wars arising out of these trading restrictions were unceasingly kept up between the rival colonies. The Iroquois were most active in their prosecution, and made many fierce and devastating inroads into Canada. 14. Colonial Development.— During the peace which followed, De Vaudreuil and Beauhamois, the able French Gover- nors who succeeded Frontenac, were en- abled, with but slight interruptions, to in- troduce various salutary reforms, and to strengthen the military resources of the Province. Fort Niagara was constructed ; trade and population increased; content- ment reicfned, and agriculture flourished. 15. Ebb and Xlow of War.— In 1745 the war spirit was again revived ; but the treaty of Aix la Chapelle, in 1748, allayed it for a time. In 1752, however, indica- tions of a coming struggle were perceptible; but the defeat of Braddock, the English Gene.al, near Fortdu Quesne (Pittsburg), Pennsylvania ; the failure of the expeditions of 1755 ; the capture of Oswego by the Marqu.". de Montcalm, in 1756, — showed clearly that, without wiser counsels and more active measures, the result of the con- test would be humiliating to the pride of England and her generals. 16. Lord Chatham. — At this crisis, the celebrated William Pitt, son of the Earl of Chatham, was called to power. Upon his promise of re* imbursement, the American colo- nists raised 60,000 men. He then despatched Gene- ral Aberorombie, with Amherst, Wolfe, BoBcawen, and Howe, to con- duct the next cam- paig^n in America . ^ Louisbourg (Cape m^ is^. WILUAX PITT. <#^ »'. 53-54 OEOQRAPHY AND HISTORY OF ^ h but at length upon G«n«ral TownshetMl's Breton), Fortt Frontenac and du Qoesne, were soon afterwards captured; and in 1769, the final struggle was transferred, by Pitt's direction, to Quebec, the seat of French Imperial power in Canada. 17. Campaign of 1759.— Pitt having raitnburBed the colonies for the expenses inourred by them in the late campaign (amounting to $1,000,000), they at once seconded his scheme for the conquest of Canada. Abercrombie was recalled ; and to Amherst, Wolfe, and Prideaux was entrusted the campaign of 1759. Amherst captured Tioonderoga and Crown Point, on Lake Ohamplaiu ; Prideaux was killed in his at- tempt upon Fort Niagara ; but the garrison surrendered to Sir William Johnson, who succeeded him. Montreal still remained for Amherst ; but to Wolfe was resigned the difficult task of reducing Quebec — the key woifb's Bxriirs. to the possession of the Province. (^Halfway up the lights.) 18. Capture of Qaebec— Wolfe left Louisbourg, and arrived at the Island of suggestion, Wolfe decided to scale the Orleans, below Quebec, in June, 1769. He Heights of Abraham. Moving up the river with muffled oars, at midnight, on the 12th September, he silently landed, at what is now called Wolfed Cove, and began the steep ascent. Slowly the soldiers emerged from that winding ra- vine, now so memorable in our annals ; in the morning, 6,000 British troops were dra^n up in battle array, npon tbe plains: having scaled a height of 800 feet above the river. What fol- lowed is well known. Wolfe aehieved the vietory; but the glory of that adiieTement was dimmed by the death of the two chivalrous chiefs — Wolfe and Montcalm. History has recorded their was aooompanied by Admirals Holmes and renown ; and vaaoalsbed and victors, in S&unders, who took up the posilions shown their desceadante, nave generoasly united in the engraving. In July, Wolfe fixed to ereot a noble tribute to tiieir tnemoiy, his oamp mIow the river Montmorency, and as shown in the engrai4ng . THB BRITISH COLON I KB— CANADA 54-55 WOUB Ain> MOBTOAIM'8 MONUMSKT. Storing to the French Canadians that of "whidi by Royal proolanoation they had beM nnjustiy deprived : the French civil laws, or Coutume de Paris (Custom of Paris). The criminal laws of England, trial by jory, and the Habeas Corpus Act, introduced shortly after the conquest, were, however, retaineo. 22. Amerloan Revolution.— The op* position to the famous Stamp Act, which passed the Britieh parliament in 1766, resell^ ed so formidable a height in the New Eny*.. land colonies, in 1776, that blood was shed. 23. Inilnence in Canada. — In that year, these colonies requested the Canadians to send delegates tc the Philadelphia Con- gress, in order to protest against the Stamp Act, and to take hostile steps against Eng- land, if neceasajy. Canada, having offered no objections to the Stamp Act, paid no attention to thia request. 24. American Invasion.— The Ameri- cans, therefore, sought to wrest the Province from its recent conquerors. They dispatched a force of 2,000 men, under General Mcnat- gomery, up the river Richelieu, to take Montreal, and 1,100 men, under Colonel Arnold, up the Kennebec (from Maine), to joia Montgomery, and capture Quebeo. Montreal, Chambly, and St. Johns were taken by the American General; but al Quebec he was defeated, his force disperaed, and himself killed. In June^ 1776, the Americans were expelled from the Province. 25 United Empire Loyaliats.— In 1783, the estimated population of the Pro- vince of Quebec amounted to 130,000. About 10,000 of t^ese were United Em- pire, (or American,) Loyalists, who, from principle, firm in tlieir allegiance to the Sove- reign, nobly abandoned their possession!, their homes and firesides, in the United States, that they might still enjoy, thoB|^ AS exiles, protection and freed;' .■f^ THE BRITISH COLONXBS— CANADA.' 56-67 34. Detroit Taken.~The Amerioans having collected an invadrng army at De- troit, Colonel St. George met and repulsed tiiem at Amherstburgh on the 20th of Julj. On the 6th of Aogust, they were again driven back, and on the 16th, General Hull, and the entire army of 2,600 men, with the garrison at Detroit, surrendered to Brock. 35. Battle of Qneenaton.— Another invatUng army having collected opposite Queenston, General Brock hastened to repel it. On the 18th October, a battle was fought at Queenston, and the Amerioans were totally routed and driven over the heights. The gallant General Brook, and his aide-de-camp, Colonel MoDonell, were amongst the slain. Upper Canada has twice erected a monument to their memory. 36. The Campaign of 1812.— Various other engagements followed on the Niagara and St. Lawrence frontiers : but the cam- Jaignof 1812, ended at all points in the iscomfiture of the American invading ar- mies. The spirit of the Canadian people was thoroughly roused; and "pro aris et focis" (for our altars and firesides), re- sounded throughout the country as the ral- lying watch-word of its defenders. 37. Revenes and Suocessee.— In 1818, Toronto and Fort St. George (at Niagara) were captured by the Americans ; but Major McDonell gained important advantages at Og- densburgh, and Genl. Proctor at Fort Oswego, — which, however, the failure of Pro- vost's attack on Saokett's Harbour oounterbalanoed. Beaver Dams, on the Niagara frontier, the Canadian troops were victorious. Forta Schlosser and Black Rock were also suc- cessfully attacked. But the tide of victory turned ; and the American success on Lake Erie was soon followed by the defeat of General Proctor and his brave Indian ally, Tecumseth, at Moravian town, river Thames. AtChrystler's Farm and Chatetuguay river, however, the Americans were totally de- HIAOABA FB05TIBB. At Stoney Creek and VOBT NIA(7«BA, 181^. feated. Fort Niagara was also wrested from them by Colonel Murray. After the failure of their invading army at La Colle, they^ turned their attention to Upper Canada. The victory of the British at Oswego was followed by their defeat at Saokett's Har- bour. Fort Erie wa^-^ also lost ; aud at tiie battle of Chippewa, the brave General fiiall was forcdd to retire to — 3& Ltindy's Lane, where the defend- ers of Canada again successfully resisted the invaders. Here one of the most heroic and denperate engagements of the war took place. ^K- leral Drummond and his men, for six ii 'urs, maintained the unequal fight, on an open plain, till midnight, against a force twice tne strength of their own. The British held possession of the field, and in t jie morning tne Americans had retreated to Chippewa, and thence to Fort Erie. 39. Cloee of the War.— Drummond now sought to retake Fort Erie and to cap- ture Black Rock, but was unsuccessful. The failure, however, was more than com- pensated by the capture of Prairie du Chien, and the gallant defence of Fort Mackinac. Sxercigea.—Tnce the various events oonnebted with the war of 1812. In what battles were the bravery of the Canadian troops oouspicuous P Ftriat out the places. How did the war terminate f 57-58 GEOGRAPHY AND ■I8TOBY OB I Bat on Lake ChanplaiD, the British foroet ■affisred defeat ; Uiough this disaster was sooa retrieved by a decline of Amerioao naval power on Lake Erie, and their retirement from Fort Erie. The destruction of this fort was the last act in tho bloody drama ; and by the Treaty of Ghent, December 24th, 1814, peace was finally restored to the Pro- vinoe — its soil freed from the foot of the invader, and our laws and institutioDS still S reserved to us by the blessing of Provi- enoe and the bravery o^ our defendwua. 4a PoUtioal Pro jUM i.— War having ceased, the peaoeM arts prevailed; and Booial, politieal, and oommeroial pro^r'»d soon followed Gradually the pohtica! questions of the day assumed an importance which rendered the annals of those times somewhat checkered. These questions rela- ted ohiefly to the civil rights of various re- ligious persuasions, to the powers of thb JEbiuse of Assembly, the clergy reserves, ice. 41. Parliamentary Contaata both in Upper and Lower Canada was the result ; and although oonduoted with vehemence and aarimooy at times, these contests developed iamany of the popule leaders that high order of talent and puLi > virtue, whioh in after life has characteKsed thi.;i as a class. 42. Colonial Ri^lita.— The contests to which we have referred, although mainly directed to tke establishment of otvil and re- ligious freedom, involved the solution of that delicate question of colonial relations wiUi the mother-country, based upon the main- tenance of that connection which happily exists between Canada and Great Britain. 43. Tba Raform Polloy for this pur- pof« aimed at the substitution of a respon- dUe cabinet for an irresponsible one, by making the heads of the government de- partments (who compose the oabdnet) dl- reotly reap would be a novel and dangeroos experiment, and might ultimately impidr the connection whb the mother-eouutry, and jeopardise our righta as British colonial freemen. 45. In tlieir /.^mlnUtratton of the existing form of government, the lattet party had the advantage in the contest ; and in many cases may not ^Ave either wisely or judioioualy (zeroised their powers. Un- pleasant collisions followed as a natural consequence till at length things came to a— 46. Cxtaia In 1837-8, and an ap- peal to arms wati made by the more uUira section of the former party. This attempt at civil war was speeoily put down by the united efforts of the welf-affeeted of th^ two great political parties. 47. Lord Ji^nrham.— In 1888, the Earl ot' Durham waa despatched from England, to en juire into the causes of dlicuntent in Canaga, and to surest a remedy. This ha did with great abiUty , and in 1889 embodied the result of his investigationa in an elabo* rate report to Her Majesty. 48. Union of 1840.— Lord Duj^am'a views were, with slight modifioationa, adopted; and in 1840, a legislative union of the Province was effects by Imperial enactment, under the administration of Lord Svdenham, and a modified form of responsible government introduced. 49. Byatamof Compromlaa.— That were the demands of one great party granted ; while to meet the views of the other party, guards and checks were inter- posed, whioh since that time have beea gradually relaxed. 50. na Raaolt has been, that out of the strife and agitation of the past, "haa t JhwrdMt.-What followed the war t Uesoribe the series of events whioh afterwards led laiOD of Upper and Lower Otuiada, la 1850 ; the oompronlse> THE BRfflSB COLONIES — CANADA. 5^)-58 -•■ j: A ' 1 Kwn th« Oftaadian ooDstitntion, — tbat utifid and graeeful structure of winch &DgUu>d,(ttid America too) may feel proud" — which, while it amply protldfea for Impe- rial control, aeeurefl to the Onnadian people the fullest enjoymeui of their rights and prirtieges as British subjects ; and confers apslid«. Tbe annual value of her agricultural produce is now ment ; and in tbe activity of her sons, under between forty and fifty millions of dollars. SL. Latent Roaovroaa.— Durinir tbe first period after the conquest of Tiower Oanam, little prof^s was made. She had, however, within her own borders, the germ and elements of her future advance the fostering care of a more popular form of government, she wds enabled, when un- checked, to develope advantageously her wealth and resourccfi. 52. Early Bnterpriae.-^The basis for 54. Interaating Facta.— The fimt Roman Catholic mission in Lower Oanada was established by the RecoUets, in 1616; and before the end of the same year, one of the Recollet fathers, who had accompanied this development was laid at the time when Ohamplain, began to preach to the Wyan the spirit of exploration and discovery, dots, near Matchedash Bay. The first Ro- which so eminently characterised the early man Catholic bishop (M. de Laval) was ap* periods of French colonial government, was pointed in 1669-74 ; the first Protestant evoked, and nobly sustained by the seal and Dishop (Dr. Jacob Mountain) in 1798; and heroism of Champlaiu, Jolliette, Marquette the nrBt reppolar Protestant Church service Bhamois, I^a VenaHlrye, La Salle, Fronte- performed in Lower Canada, was in the nau, and Beauhamois. The navigation cf ReooUet Cbapel, Quebec, kindly granted the rivers, first explored by Champlain, has since been vendered complete, by the oon- tftructlon of tbe Cbambly Cknals : the ouurse by Franciscan Friars. The Quebec Gaxettt (still in existence) was first published in 1764. Forty years ago there were but fiv^ p'jrsued by Jolliette and La 8alle is now newspapers published ; now there are up the great highway of our oommeree ; while wards of fifty. The Semioary of Quebec the examine of the self^relianoe and energy (now the lAval University) and IndusUial of Frontenky and hia Mioeessors, is stUl fait where be ai|4 thev '.a laqg maiatiiaed in the New Wityld the honour and glory of France. La Verandrya, ki the years 1648 164S, followed the oouraa of the Saakatoh- •wan. and reached the Rooky Mountaina sixty years before Lems aad Clarke began their travels. Schoob were founded by' tbe muniflceofti of Bishop Laval, in 1668. 55. luoant AmalloratlOQa. — IIm Seignorial Tenure has recently been lUwliah- ed ; municipal government iatroduoed ; aad Erimary, oollMiate. and univeraiW adnea- on placed within tbe reach of tae enMra population. rmooREM or vppvr Canada. ffr a a o i i Poata — Ltnnr Cauda had her tradit« posts en the tip|Nr lakea, wke» already introduced oiviliBatton, and planted tiM Provinee waa dtvid«d« and Upper Oaa* t Give bird Mpihi's oTV^per ~ 69-60 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY Ot ada settled by the loyalists from the United States, under Governor Simcoe. 57. Fnblio Improvements. — Imme- diately after the removal of the seat of government fron Newark to York, the en- ergetic Simcoe constructed the great lines of road leading northward and westward from his infant capital. The Welland Canal was projected by the Hon. W. H. Merritt, in 1818-24 ; the Rideau Canal iu 1826 ; and the Kingston Marine Railway in 1827. Other important works have since followed. 58. InterestinK Facta— The first As- .:-.;^ sessment Act was passed in 1*798, and slavery abolished in the same year. Muni- cipal institutions were introduced in 1841, and greatly enlarged and popularised in 1 849. The Upper Canada Gazette was first published at Niagara, in 1*793 : now Upper Canada has one hundred and fifty news- papers. Legislative provision was first made for public education in 1807, but it was greatly increased in 1841 ; and in 1846- 60, the foundation of the present admirable sys'^em of popular education was consoli- daced and enlarged. r> IX. FAMOUS CANADIAN BATTLE<,GROUNDS> FORTIFIED POSTS. OR f' !• Quebec was founded by Champlain jmiaOfi ; captured by Sir D. Kcrtk in 1629, nKoled in 1682 ; Huccessfull^ defended by Count de Frontenac against Sir Wm. Phipps, In 1690; by the Marquis de Vaudreuil against Admiral Walker, in 1711 ; but was finally captured by the English forces under General Wolfe, in 1'769. Tlie Amerioaus, unusr General Montgomery, were repulsed before its walls iu 1775-6. 2. Montreal was founded in 1042 : de- vastated by the Iroquois in 1689, capitu- lated to the English in 1760 ; taken by the Americans under General Montgomery, in 1776, and restored in 1776, when the Ameri- cans were forced to retire from Canada. 3. Isle-aux-Noiz, in the Richelieu river, commands the entrance to Lake Champlain ; was fortified by the French in 1769; cap- tured by the English in 1760 ; taken by the Americans in 1776 (from hence they issued tiieir proclamation to the Canadians) ; and rendered important service in the war of 1812-14. (See illu$tration on pitg« SO.) 4. St. Johna, Riohelieu nver, was for- tified by the French under Montcalm, in JlMrtfitM.-What are tbe interMting fkots connected with the p r opc m s s of Upper Canada? Ohe a sketch of the rallitary events oonnecied with the history of Qusoee, Montreal, and Islt<«az*lf«la. « I .^ THE BSITI^ COLOMI AN ADA. 60-61 1758; takttt by the EogliBh ; again fortified of reodeiToiu for Biii|(Djiie'B army, preTi- and enlarged by Sir Oa;|^ Carleton; cap- oua to his ill'fated expedition, which ter« tured by the Amerioans in II'IS, aad re- minatedBodiMStroosly atSarat-tgajin HIT. tained by. them ontil they were foraad to re* (/Sf« the iUuUration on page 29.) tire from Ganada, in 1776. It wa* the point 5. Fort Cluunbly, the third important ■,:^fC'',' .^'/^: -?1m' ■"'i s '^^ar-— . ,!■ ?«p»^ ft:^-»S-v* *= '>^» ■ -scsf*;*.^ TOBT OHAMBIT, BICHILIBU BITSB. military poet on the riyerfiidielieQ, 12 miles bat, bein| reoalled, Count de FrodteoM from St. Johns, was originallr builtof wood, erected it in 1072. It was rebuilt with stone by M. de OhainU;^, a retired captain of the in ld78, by La Salle. In 1689, during the regiment of Oangnan^aliirse; It wae famouseruption into Canada of tiie Iroquois, often attacked by Uie Iroquois ; and wa« it w«« abandoned by the French, and taken afterwards rebuUt of stone, as shown above, possession of for a short time bv the In* In 1775 it was captured by the Americans, dians. In 1696 it wasagain rebuilt; and ia but retaken in 1776. It is now a military 1768, captured by the English. It is fortlfiad station. 8. Foit Niagara.— This spol, "^ 6. Tb* Codrea Rapids, on t^e St. now beyond the boundaries of Lawrence ri>-er, 24 miles Awm Laohiney was waa enclosed by Ia Salle, in 1679, oosupied by ihe Amerioans, as a small fort, his way to the Miaiissippi. In 1726, ia 1776. It ^as taken by a detachment of French erected a fort here, which, in 1969, the British army and 600 Indians under the celebrated Bnu\t, without firing a gun* The Americans t,ent for its support were oaptuied, after a seTere stru^e. 7; IVonftenao, or Kingston. M^ de Courcelles originated the design of bnUdiag ti«n on'page 56.) a fort here, as a hairier againiS tha Indiana ; 9« Q m a— t on HilgfatB, Niagara Rivar. JbMfwteMr-Glve a tketeb of the miUtary events ooanseCed with the histoiy of 6t. Johns aai fOrt Cbamblj, lUobelleu river* the Oedrss Bairids, and forts Fhmtenao and Nlsfam. h2 captured by Sir Wm. Johnson. The legends conneoted with the history of this fort, under French rule, are numerous. In the war of 1818, it was surprised and cap> tured by the Canadianii.'--(0M the iU%t$trm' t,-' 61-62 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORr OF ^'^ Here on the 18th October, 1812, Sir Isaac Brock defeated the Amerioaoe, but fell in the battle. After his death, the invaders were driven over the heights. John Brant, an Indian chief, son of the celebrated Joseph Brant, led 100 warriors in this battle. 10. Stoney Creek, seven miles from Hamilton. On the 6th June, 1818, the American Oenerals, Ohandler and Winder, were here captured in a successful ni^ht sortie, by Sir John Harvey, and their in- vading army driven back. 11. Beaver Dams, Welland River. On the 24th June, 1818 (Mrs. James Secord bavins walked thirteen miles to apprise the British officer of the expedition sent against him), a piquet of 60 men and 200 Indians capture^ after hard fighting, 600 Americans including 60 vavalry and two field- pieces. 12. At Chippewa, on 6th July, 18U, Gen. Riall, with 2,400 troops, ^ave battle to 4,000 Americans. The British fought brave- ly, bat were compelled to retreat to— 13. Lundy's Lane or Bridgewater, near Niagara Falls. Here on the 24th July, 1814, General Druramond encountered the American forcea. The battle commenced at 6 P. X. and continued until 9. Bot u parties being reinforced, the strife was renewed. At midnight thn enemy retired to Chip- pewa, leavfug the British in possession of the field. The Americanp lost 1,200 in killed, woundPti, and prisoners; and the British 900, including General Riall, who was cap- fored. The Generals on both sides were wounded. This was the hardest fought battle in the whole campaign. 14. Chrjratler'a Farm, Williamsburg, County Dundas, 11th November, 1818. The Americans, under Gen. Wilkinson, in their paasage down the St Lawrence to attuck IfoDtreal, bein^ harrusaed by tho Canadian forces, resolved to land and disperse them. They were 2,000 strong, and the Oauadians about 1,000. After two hours hard fightmg in an open field, the Americana were com' pelled to retire, with a loss of one general, and 860 kiVL(i>\ and wounded, while the 0%- nndian Iob& as only 200. Medals were f ran ted to i>iie riotors in thia battle by the Iritish Gov ernr ont 15. CI r> .eadguay.— To eflfectaj .uction with Wilkinson's army, General ^mpton on the 26th October, 1818, pushed forward, with 3,600 troops, from lake Ghamplaia to- wards Montreal At the jimcticn of Uie Outard and Chateauguay tivers, he enooan- tered 400 Canadians, unde/ Colonel de Sala- berry, who disputed his advance. By sldl- ful management and great braveiy on the part of the Canadian officers, — viger and Doucet — the Americana were compelled to retreat towards Flattsburg. Wukinaon^a army aleo retired ; and thus ended thia for- midable invasion of Lower Canada. Theae two battles, so gallantly won by inferior numbers, terminated the campaign. Medals were awarded to the Canadian Militia, whose heroibm and stratagem thus saved Montreal from rittack. 16. La Co lie Mill, ei/jht milea from the head oi Lake Champlain. Here on the 8Ist March, the campaign of 1814 waa opened, with the attack by General Wilkinson and 6,000 American troops upon thia post, gar- risoned by only 600 men. With the aid of two gun*boat8, and two iloopa from the Isle-auz-Noix, the Americana were again defeated, and driven back to Plattaburg. 17. Fort Bzle.— Thia fort, defended bv only 170 men, waa captured by the Ameri- cans, 4,000 strong, on the Bra July, 1814. On the 1 6th August, General Drummond sought to retake it but failed. On the I'Tth September, the besieged made a sortie, but were driven back, llie loaa on each aide was 600. On the eth November, the Americana blew up the fort, and retired from Canada. It ia now in ruina, la Thamee.— After the capture ef the Awre^M.— Sketch the battles of Qiieenston, Stonef Creek, Beaver Dams, Ohippewiw LaBdj'l Lane, Ohrystler's Farm, Ohateauffuaj. La Oolla MUl, Fori Arle, and the Thames. ■«■■ TKE BRITISH COLONICS — CANADA. «3 British force on Lake Erie, General Proetor taken by Oeneral Harrison, with an armj of and Tecomseth, with 1,400 men, retreated 8,000 Americans, and utterly defeated, from Amherstbnrg along the Thames river. Here the brave Tecumseth lost his life. {For At the Mor&vian village they were ovei"- a $keteh of hit life, ut pagi» 68, 69.) MILITABT AKD MILITIA 19. The ▼arioiu BCilltary Btatioiis of the Province of Canada, are garrisoned by soldiers sent out and paid by the Impe- rial Government, and by the Royal Oana- dian Rifles, raised and maintained by Impe* rial authority. This regular force has been gradoally reduoed to 2,000 neu. The mi- rOBCI Hr OAKADA, 1868. iitia force (both active and sedentair) has recently been put upon an efficient rooUng. It now consists of 12,665 officers, 271,0 going, and a more celsbrated naviffatoTf was bom in England. He sailed with Us father from Bristol, in 1498, and pasis4 down the coast of America from latlttida ^,'. JbwretfM.— What militanr and militia force has «Janada ? What bioftraphioal sketchos are given t •QlveaskaMiof ths Ills and career of Columbus, and of John and Sebastum Oabot 64 GSOGRAPHYAND HICVORY OP % 66° to Utitude 86°. He made a scoond ^ojBfe in 1617, as far south as the BrasiU. He died in 1667, aged 80. (Ste page 97.) 4. €!ortareal,aa8par, a Portuguese, was despatched from Lisbon by the King in 1600. He discovered Labrador and Greenland. (EUs father is said to have discovered New* foundland, in 1468.) He left Lisbon m 1601, Ibut was never heard of aftei'wards. 5. Amerlotui Vespucius, i distinguished Florentine navi«itor and scholar ; made four voyages to the New World, and having the ^V V JACQUES OASTISB. CT no e a afterwards contracted to Mwitfiallan Island, now fbe rite ofthe city of New TotA. 7. Oartier, Jacques, the discoverer cJ* Osnado, was bom at St. Malo, in Fmnce, in 1600. He W&3 despatched t :> the west, bj Francis L, in 1684. On the 20th April, he sailed from St. MaIo,reacIti>d N^t? foundland on tae lOih May, the Bay of OhaleuTs on fho 9th July, and the coast of Gaspd on the 24tb. Me re- turutv^ to France in Auguac, fcliS made _ b^e ' ('Cond Yovage in 1586 ; and on the fas- h'v-il ,if St. lAurent, in Aiupst, he readbed tba Oulf and river, which, m himor of the daj he called the St Lawrence. In Sep- tember he reached Stadaoona, the present site of Quebec, vdiere Donnacona, an Al- gonquin chief, welcomed ttm ; and in Octo- ber he visited Hochelaga, three loilee iaam. the site of Mon* treal, where a chief of the Hu« ron Indians wel- comed him. He very soon after- wards returned to France, taking with him the ohiM DoBuaoona. In 1641, as 8econdl in command to M. de Boberval, he again visited Ca- nada i but having met with many disasters, he returned to France, and died somi after. 8. Roberval, Jean Fnmcois de la Roqne, Sieur de, a native of Picardy, France, was appointed Viceroy of Canada in 1640, and sailed thence, from Roobelle, in 1642. Ba met Olrtier (returning to France) at St JVmtc^mi— GUv a sketeh of the 'ifs and carser of Gaspsr Govleresl, Amerieus VasROSlus, Jflhn Yerrassanl, Jaoqufs Oartier, and a«rTal. For what is each celebrated f vl "P ▲MEBIOrS VBSrt riTTS. fear after the death of Colu olius, written an eloquent account of them, iu which he olaimed the honor of having first reached tha main land, the continent was named after him. He diecl in UU. 6. J. Verrassanl (John), a Florentine na- ▼intor in the service of France. In 1624, he took possession of the ooast from Caroliaa to No^va Scotia, and called ilNew France. Having j^TCn spirits to the na- Hves at one nltioe, they «aU«d it Man-ua-ha- tan, or place of drunk johk vaacAsaAKi. oABTnnfs nip. •< THE BRITI0H COLONICS— CANADA. 06 :# m: SMuM, Newfoundland, in Jnne. Having -wintered at Cap Rouge, he, in June, 1648, eiq>Iored the Saguenay. In makinc another ▼oyagetaOanada, in 1649, fae. with nislirare brotiier Achille and their fleet, were lost id. Sndaon, Henry, waaan eminent Eng- lish nayigatoT, but his eariy history is nn- known. He was sent, in 1607, by some London Tuerchants, to discorer a north-west passage to Ohina and Japan, bttt reached tmfy 80*> north latitude, and returned. In a aeocnid voyage he went as far as Nova Zem- bla. In 1 609, he was despatched on a third Toyage, l)y tiie Dutch East India Company (who called him Hendrick Hudson), and dis> covered the beautiful river Hudson, in the Btate of New Tork. In 1610, he under- took a fourth voyage, in a bark named the •• Discovery," and m June reached Green- land. Proceeding along the Labradoi' xsoast, which he named Nova Britannia, in no** north latitude he discovered a strait leading into the vast bay (both of which are now called alter Him.) He entered it, and 'Went sQutbirards. Unable to bear 'the se- vere cUmat^ he prepaml to return ; -but Inving fhr^Etened his -mutinous crew, fhey entered his cabin at nig^t, pinioned his arms, and pift him, with his son John, and seven Infirm men, on shore in a boat They were never heard of afterwards. A few of the mutineers readied England, in 1611, after having justly suffered great harddiips. 10. Champlttin, Samuel de, a native of Brouaffe, France, explored the St. Lawrence, with Poulgravd, from Tadonssac to Three Rivers, in 160IM7. On the 8rd July, 1608, he founded the Oity of Qnebee. In 1609, he ascended the nver Riohelieu, and dis- covered Lake CQiamplaio. In^616, he as- scended the Ottawa to Lake V'ipiming ; de- scended Fwn^ River to OeorgianBay ; and from Lake Simeoe he passed, by a lonjsr por- tage, to the head«wateri of the river Trent, and thence to Lake Ontario. He then crossed to Oswego. He had many conflicts with the Jk«rovemor df Canada. He died in 1686, deeply regretted. 11. Lwal, The Right Reverend Francois de Montmorency, was turn at Laval, in France, in 1628. In his youth he wass known as Abb^ de Montigny, and in 1669, fae came to Oanada as Vicar Apostolic, witti the title of Bishop of P^r^e: in 1674, hp was named first Itcman Catholic Bishop of Quebec. He founded and endowed the Quebec Seminary, in 1668 (which, in 1862, became, by Royal charter, the Laval Uni- versity.) He also estRblished an industrial school and model farm, at St. Joachim, b^low Quebec. He made great efibrts to prevent drunkenness among the Indians.; and by his influence at Court had the ad- ministration of government transferred from a viceroy to a superior council, under certain wise restrictions, which he had sub- mitted to Louis XrV. He effected great good in the colony, and died at Quebec, ethHIav, 1708, aged 86 years. 18. Ferret, Nicholas, a Frendi traveller, was sent by M. Talon (Int«idaat of (Canada) in 1671, to induce the north-western Indians to acknowledge the suvereignty of Fraiee. An island, situated at the western Junotioo of the Ottawa and St Lawrence, is called after him. He left a most interesting manu- script on the customs of the Indians. 13. FrontmntkO, Louis de Buade, Count de, a native of France, and Governor of Oanada in 1672, was recalled in 1G82. Ih 1672, he built Fort Frontenac (Kingston). It was rebuilt of stone bv La Salle, in 1678. Frontenac was reappointed Oovemor in 1689, and carried on a vigorous war against the English settlements in New ¥ork, and asiUnst their Indian allies, the Iroquois. The English retaliated, and the Iroqa<^ made various successful inroads into Gunada. In 1690, Frontenac defeated Sir WOlinn r of Henry Hudson, Bamual de Cn>aai|datn : Ht the of NisbouM Parrot, and Count de rrentaoao. 65-66 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF m Ffaipps and the Eaglish fleet, before Quebec. He died in 1698, aged IS jewn. Though hauffhty, he was an enterpnaing man. U. JTolllette, Louis, was born at Que- bec in 1646 ; pursued his classical studies at the Jesuit^ OoUege there, and while %\ preparing for the priesthood in the semi- nary, he determined to explore the western parts of New France. He gave up the / study of divinity for that of the Indian languages. In 1678, he was chosen by Frontenac and Talon, the Intendant, to ex- plore the Mississippi to its source. He chose Father Marquette to accompany him, and proceeded down the great river as far as the mouth of the Arkansas tributary. When near Montreal, on his return. Ma oanoe upset in the Lachlne rapids and his manuscripts were lost. As a reward for his services, he received a grant of the Island of Anticosti, and was named hydro- grapher to the kin'^. He died about 11 01, on the Island of AnticostL A county in Lower Canada is named after him. 15. Marquette, James, a Jesuit mis- sionary, was bom at Pioardy, in France. While^ a missionary at Lapoict, on Lake Superior, he expressed a desire to preach the gospel to the southern Indians, and was chosen oy Jolliette to accompany him on his expedition to the Mississippi. Ue remained in the north-west, with the Miami Indians, and died soon after his return from the ex- ploration, aged 88 years. His narrative of the disoovery has oeen published. 16. Hennepin, Louis, a French mis- aonary, was bsrn in 1640, and emigrated to Canada in 1676. He accompanied La ^ lie in his exploration of the Mississippi, iL. 1678, and visited the Falls of Niagara, — K>f which he wrote an interesting account. 17. La Salle^ Robert Cavelier Sieur de, was ennobled by Louis XIV. He sought to roach China by wav of Canada, and set out on an expedition for that purpose. Bis design was frustrated by an aooident at a -^f'rSJ^'T^.'^fi*.."H*i?M'..*^« life and career of Louis Jolliette, James Marquette, LoaJs Ean- nepiu, Sieor de ta Salle. Ibenrllle. and Gknsnd Montcaln, and his death at tt .' bsltte of Qnebee. place since called Lachine, or China. He explored the Mississippi from its source to its mouth, in 1678-80 ; spent two yean be- tween Frontenac (Kingston) and LaJke Erie; and constructed the first vessel on lakB Erie Cnear Cayuga Creek J. He sought to reach the Mississippi by sea, bat luiviog fuled, he sought to reach it overland. la doing so, he was murdered by his followers. 18. Iberville, Pierre Le Moyne d', was bom at Montreal, and was one of the best naval officers of France, under Louis XIV. He was successful in several enooontera with the English in Hudson's Bay— (sm/kw* 106) — and in Newfoundland; in 1699, he laid the foundation of a colony at Biloxi, and havine discovered the entrance to the MissbsippT, which La Salle had missed, he sailed up that river to a considerable dis- tance. He is considered as the founder of the colony of Louisiana. He died in 1706. His brother, Le Moyne de Bienville, was governor of Louisiana, and founded the city of New Orleans. The county of Iber- ville, in Lower Canada, is named after him. 19' Montcalm, Louis Joeeph de, (Mar- quis of St Yeran), a distinguWied French general, was bom at Condiao, in France, in ■v» MOHTCA.LM. ■^1 # # He 06 to 'sbe- Brie; Lako htto . la trers. .was best HV. Dten pag9 9, ne ilozi, > the 1, he difl- ierof 1706. was [ the Iber- him. Mar- ■enoh e, in . ^^..: w i .i ■ ■ w >*■ THB BRITISH COLONIKB— CANADA. 67 next day gave battle to Montcalm. While leading on his men to victory, he fell mor* tally wounded, and, in the moment of vie* tory, expired, aged 82 yeara. His body was conveyed to England, and baried at Qreenwioh. A monument was erected to his memory in Westminster Abbey, and 1712. He distingnished himself at the batUe of Placenxa; and, In 1756, was made a Field Marshal. Having succeeded Gen- eral Dieskao, in Canada, he took Oswego from the English in that year, and Fort William Henry (Lake George), in 1767 ;but was defeated by General Wolfe, on the Plains of Abraham, 13th September, 1769. In the battle, he received a mortal wound, and died on the morning of the 14th, aged 47. He was buried at the Ursuline Convent, Quebec. A noble and chivalrous soldier, he was regretted by friend and foe. A monument to the memory of himself and Wolfe was erected, by subscription, at Que- bec, in 1827, by the Earl of Dalhousie, then Governor General. (^See pages 63, 64.) 20. Wolfe, James, an English General, was bom at Westerham, Kent, in 1726, He distinguished himself at the battle of Fontenay -, and, In 1767, was despatehed by WOLPB'S MOKUMBNT, QVBBBC another at Quebec, as above, Twhich 'aas been replaced by a bettor), on the celebra- ted plains where " Wolfe died victorions. " 21. Fontlao was a oelebrated chief of the Ottawa tribe of In Jians, who, removing from the valley of the great river of that name, settled near Miohilimackinac An ally of the French, he resisted the efforts of the English to gain possession of their forte, after the fall of Quebec, in 1769-60. In June, 1763, he matured a bold and compre- hensive plan for the extinction of English power, by the simultaneous capture of the extensive chain of forts reaching from Lake Michigan to the Niagara. {8«e page 47.) Nine torts were attacked on the same daj, and their garnson <',ither massacred or dis- Eersed. Detroit vas besieged by Pontiao imself ; but the attack fiuled, an Indian woman having discovered the plot. The siege was nevertheless maintained for nearly twelve months, until the garrison was re- JtMfvJtM.— Glvea sketoh ofthe UfB and career of General WdfB.his death at the battle of QimIwBw>, Wlnl monttments were ereoted to the two heroes f Whatissalaof Vontlacf WOIPB. Pitt to idd in the conquest of New France. In oonjnnotion with Boscawen and Amherst, he took Oape Breton and Prince Edward Island, in 1768 ; and in 1769 he was en- trusted with an expedition against Canada. Be reached the Island of Oneaiis in June. C the 12lh September, he scaled the Heights of Abraham, with 6,00p men, and 67-68 6£GORAPBY AND HlfTOEY OF liered by Oolonel BradBtr««t, Niagara was not attacked, and Pittsburg waa saved by Colonel Bouquet. Pontiao afterwards pro- feased friendsbipi for the English ; but an Lidian spy haiin^ diaoorereo, in a speech, symptoms of treaehery, stabbed him to the lieart, and fled. His loss was greatly de- plored ; for he was a man of singular sa- gacity, daring courage, and statesmanlike views. The county of Pontiac, in LoWer Canada, is called- uUr this renowned chiefl 22. Brant, Joseph (Thayendanega), a Mohawk Indian, of wire blood, was bom on the banks of the Ohio, in 1742. In the reyelutionary war of 1 7*76, he beeame the ally of the English; and^ as a prominent chief among the Iroquois, he influenced sev- eral cantons of that oeiebrated league to join the E^lidi stonderd. During the war, he was chiefly engaged od the border settle- ments of "Kew York aad Pean^lvania, in conjunction with Sir William Johnson and Oolonel Buller. He received a good eduea-^ tioain Conneoticut ; and during the «ar, held a colonel's commission from the BSagf At the dose of the revolution, he remoyed to Canada, with the Mohawks, aad obtained from Governor Haldimand the grant of » territonr on the Grand River, sue miles in width* from its source to its mouth. Thei town of Brentford, or Brant's ford, on thor river, was named after him; as waa also the county of Brant, in the same looalitiv and the township of Thayendanega on tne- Bay of Quints, where a number of the- Mbnawks had settled. He translated the whole of the Gospel of St Mark into the Mohawk language ; and in many ways ex- erted himself to promote the temporsd and^ spiritual welfare of his people. He was greatly respected and beloved by them and by the English. He visited England in 1783.; and died near Wellington Square, Upper; Canada, on November 24, 1807, agea 65 years. His r jmains were removed to the Mohawk village, Grand River, and interred by the ude of the church which he had erected there. His son John led the Mo- hawks at tiie yictorious battle of Qneenston, in October, 1812. He waa a noble sped* men of a Christian Indian, and did maob to alleviate the horrors of LidiMDi warfiowk 23. Jolliwoii, Sir William, bom in Ire- land, in 1714, came to America in 1784 to manage the lands of his unole (Sir P. Warren) on the Mohawk, and waa agent of the British Government hi its transactions with the Six Nation. In- diana, in the old French war. He was the friend of^ Bnwt;. acquired^ great infloeoce over josHTiv SRajrSk m^ ^** greatly bi» wx. jqwanmh EmtreiMj^-Oift a sketch of the lifc«od career of JoseDh.BMHit, a oelebfated chief of the Xb- hawk trtbeof Indkoisialsaskeftohtbe lite andcarser of air ^ff^UamJrehnaon. •S't THE BRITISH COLONIES — CANADA. 68-69 it Ci fr oUeflin. u Thft on thor as also )oalitv^ on tne<. of th^r ed the, nto thfl^ 1>eloyed by the Indians. For his defeat of Oeneral Dieskau, at Lake Gkorge, in 1766, he was knighted. In 1769, he took Fort Nlaeara ; was made a baronet, and died in tiie Mohawk valley, in 1774, aged 60 years. Glengarry, Upper Canada. Bishop Qaalin -erf.^ Ulengarry, Upper UanadA. iSishop uaalm (who died in May, 1 867) was appointed his eoadjutor, in 1888. Bishop Macdonell was an influential and able man, and was the first Canadian Roman Catholic Bishop who Soke the English language. Bishop oran 8n<"^edc Siahop Oaulin, (1868.) ^^^-^S^t--^^ ^ 26. Brook, Major Oeneral Sir Isaac, " the Hero of Upper Canada," was bom in the Island of Guernsey, in 1770. .i;:*j • ; 5M j^^«>fu He served under Lord Nelson, at Co* 24. Simooe, John Graves, Colonel, bom penhagen. In 1811, beheld the office of in England, in 1762. He entered the army President of Upper Canada during the ab- at 19, and commanded the Queen's Rangers sence of Governor Gore in England. On (Hussars) during the American revolution- the 16th August, 1812, he made an attack ary war. In 1792, he was appointed Lieu- on Detroit, and caused the American Gen« tenant (Governor of Upper Canada ; and in eral, Hull, to surrender, with 2,600 men. September of that year, he opened the first On the 18th October, he defeated the Ame- 'Parliament of the Province, at the town of ricans on the heights of Queenston, but fell Niagara, tiien called Newark. In 1796, he early in the action, while gallantly leading removed the seat of Government to Toronto, his men, aged 42. Upper Canada has then called York. He induced many of the twice raised a monument to his memory. United Empire Loyalists to settle in Upper upoo the scene of his victory. Canada, and sought in every way to pro- 27. Tecunuieth (or Tecumth6,) a noted mote 'Cor prosperity of the Frovmce. He chief of the Shawanee Indians, was bom constructed Tonge Street as a military road to the lake which now bears his name. He was appointed governor of St. Domingo in 1796, and a Lieutenant General in 1798. He died on his return to England, in 1806, aged 64 years. ' 25. Maodonell, The Right Reverend Alexander, D. D., first Roman Catholic ■Bishop of Upper Canada. He was born in 1762, ordained priest in 1794; was chap- lain, in Ireland, to the Glengarry Fencibles, ficotch Militia (who were sent over to Ire- land to quell the rebellion,) in 1798. For in 1770. His brother was the celebrated " Prophet " of tha( tribe. In the American war of 1812, he was the warm friend and ally of the English. Although opposed to the civilization of the Indians, he adopted, in some measure, the habits of the whites, and held the rank of Indian Brigadier in the British army. He, with the westem tribes of Indians, had been involved in hos* till ties with the United States, in 1811 ; and when war with Great Britain was de- clared, iu 1812,Tecumseth and his warriors co-operated with the British forces. On the many years, an active missionary in various 6th October, while retreating from Detroit 8 arts of Upper Canada, he was named by with General Proctor, the Americans over* le Pope, Biriiop of Rhoesina, and auxiliary took them at Moravian Town (river Thames,) Bishop of Upper Canada, January 12, 1819 ; and a battle ensued. The allied fnraes wera consecrated at Quebec, December 81, 1820, defeated, and the brave Teonmseth fell in and named Bishop of Kingston in 1826; the midst of the fight, aged 44 years. He died in the nortii cf Ireland, in' 1840, but was a noble-looking Indian, and a man of 'was bnried iu the ffunily vault* county of infiexibleprinciple--4ionorableandhamaoe. JBMrot«M.— Give a sketch of the life and career of Colonel John Graves Simooe ; of the first Bo> man Catholic Bishop of Upper Canada t Mi^or General firock ; and the Indian diisTTeemMSlh. ea-ro GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF 28. Mountain, The Rieht Reverend Jacob, D.D., was Ijora io EnglaDd, in 1751 ; oooseorated first Prolestant Episcopal Bish- op of Quebec, in July, 1793, and continued Id that office for 32 years. He died od tiif Idth June, 1825, aged 76 years. As a labo* rious and an excellent man, he was greatljr esteumed. {The remaining notices are tiot placed in chronological order. They refer to cotemporarie* whote name$ are associated with the advancement of Canada.) 32. Durham, The Right Honorable John Qeoree Lambton, Earl of, was appointed Her Majesty's Lord High Commissioner to Canada, in May, 1838, to inquire into its political grievances. His report upon the political state of the Provinces (whio^ ultimately led to the union of the Oanadas, and the introduction of parliamentary, oir responsible government into British Ameri- ca) was published in 1830. He died in 1840. 33. Syde^am, The Right Honorable Charles Poulett Thompson, Baron, was bora in England in 1799; M.P. in 1826; Vice* President of the Board of Trade in 1880 ; President in 1834; and established the English Schools of Design in 1887. He was appointed Governor General of Canada in 1839 ; united the Canodas, apd was ore* ated Baron Sydenham and Toronto, in 1840 ; opened the first united Parliament at King- ston, in June, 1841 ; established a municipal system in Upper Canada in August, and d and was buried in Kingston, in Sep* tember, 1841, aged 42 years. 34. Roblnsoja, The Honorable Sir jQhn Beverly, was born in 1791 ; for many year^ an M.P., and Attorney General of Upper Canada ; appointed Chief Justice of Upper Canada in 1829 ; created for distinguished civil services, a Civil Companion of the Order of the Bath, in 1850 ; and a Baronet of the United Kingdom in 1854. 29. Straoban, The Right Reverend John, D. p., first Protestant Episcopal Bishop of Toronto, was born in Aberdeen, Scotland, on the 12th April, 1778. He commenced life as a teacher ; and opened the first grammar school in the Province at Kingston, and subsequently one at Cornwall. Among his pupils (in Scotland) were Sir David Wilkie and (in Upper Canada) the CUiief Justice, Sir J. B. Robinson, ex-Chief Justice, Sir J. B. Macaulay, Ac. He first officiated as a clergyman at Toronto in 1812 ; waa appointed legislative councillor in 1818; archdeacon of York in 1826; and Bishop of Toronto in 1889. 30. Papineau, The Honorable Louis Joseph, a native of Lower Canada ; born in 1789. He was elected an M.P., in 1809, and chosen speaker in January, 1817 ; he was the eloquent leader of his countrymen in the political struggle which preceded the outlMreak of 1837. In that year he was exiled from the Proviuce. After his return be occupied a seat in the united parh'ameut, tot has now retired from public life. 31. MaoNab, The Honorable Sir Allan Napier, was born at Niagara in 1798. He was an officer in the navy and afterwards in the army in the war of 1812. After the war, he was a prominent politician, and in 1829, was elected an M.P. He was twice Speaker of the House of Assembly. In 1887, he was appoicted military chief of the Upper Canada loyalists, in suppressing the insurrection. For his services he was knighted in 1888. He projected the Great Western Railway ; was appointed Premier of Canada in 1866, and created a Baronet of the United Kii^om in 1866. i 35. Iiafontaine, The Honorable Sir Louis Hypolite, was born in Bouchervill^ Lower Canada, 1807. For niany yeacs he was an M.P., apd a distinguished politi- oal leader in Lower Canada. He was ap- pointed Attorney G#uet^i and Pr^er of j|* JRwrcJMt.— Give a sketch of the first ProtestantBUhop of Lower and the fint Protestant Bishop of Vwer Canada. Hon. L. J. PsDinaaa. Sir. A. N. Mac^. Iiord Durham, I^oi^ ^yS^Pkam* ^- M* .^. THE BiUTIlH COLONICS — CANADA. 70-71 ^ '«! Ouuula in 1849; appointed Chief Justice of Lower Canada iq 1868, and created a Bar- onet of the tfoited Kingdom, in 1854. 36. Baldwin, The Honorable Robert, 0. B., WAS a son of the late Hon. Dr. Baldwin For a length of time Mr. Baldwin was a prominent leader of the liberal party in Up- pH* Capada. He was nn M. P., Attorney Ooo- eral, and Premier o( Canada, and was, in 1864, created a Civil Commander of the Bath, fflc distinguished public services. Died,1868. 37. Bldwell, the Honorable Marshall Spring, was born in Massachusetts, before tiie treaty of 1788, and settled at Bath, IJpper Canada, in 1811. He was elected SiM. P. in 1824, and was twice speaker of e Assembly. The Colonial Secretary, in 188*7, directed Sir F.B. Head, the Governor of Upper Canada, to elevate him to the l)eneh, which Sir Francis refused to do. Mr. Bidwell retired from the Province in 1887, K\d is now a member of the New York Bar. dix Francis left Canada in 1888. 38. Ryerson, The Reverend Egerton, D. D., is son of the late Colonel Joseph Ry- ar»oa(a United Empire Loyalist, of New JfflVey, who came from New Brunswick, in 1798). He was bom in Cbarlotteville, Oomity of NorfoUc, Upper Canada, in 1808 ; entered the Wesleyan ministry in 1825 ; Wfueditorof the Chrhtian Guardian (^nhieh 1^) established) in 1829; Principal of Vic- toria College (Cobourg) in 1841 ; appointed CSbief Superintendent of Education for Up- per Canada in 1844 ; made a tour of inquiry in Europe in 1844-6 ; and founded the pre- sent admirable syjstem of public instruction in Upper Canada in 1846-60. 39. Blcin, Thie Right Honorable James, Efffl of. Bora in London ir. 1811 ; was M.P. in 1841 ; Governor Genecpi of Jamaica from 1842 to 1846; of Caoida, from 1847 to 1864; 'laid the comer* scone of the Upper Ganada Normal School, in 1861, and was an enlightened friend ol etiuoation; he effected atoeaty of commercial reciprocity with tlie United States, in 1856 ; ana was appointed envoy extraordinary to China in 1867, and Imperial Post Master General in 1869. 40. Blnoks, The Honorable Franeia. Fifth and youngest son of the late Rev. Dr. Hincks, of Belfast, Ireland. He estaUiahed the Toronto Szaminer uewapaper, in 1889, and the Montreal PiUt in 1844. He WM an M. P. : Inspector General of public Ao* counts and Premier of Canada; projected the Graiid Trunk Railway; and was ap- pointed Goveraor-in-Chief of the Windward Islands in 1865. The seat of his govern- ment is Bridgetown, Barbadoes fSeep.lll.^ 41. Logan, Sir Wm. £., F.R8., a native of Montreal, was appointed chief of the Geo* logical Survey of Canada, in 1842. Hk valuable scientific labors, and his interest- ing collection of Canadian ffeological apeoi- mens at the Great Exhibitions of 1861 and 1866, merited the attention of tlie Queea and the Emperor of the French. He was knixhted by the Queen ; received a gold medal of the highest class, and deooratioa of the Legion of Honor from the Emperw ; also the WoUastoo Gold Medal of 1866, from the Geological Society of London. 42. Tache, The Honorable Sir E^enna Paschal, was bora at Montmagny, L. 0., in 1796, where he afterwards practised as a physician. As an o^cer he distingoisbed himself at the battle of Plattsburg, in tht war of 1812. He became an M.P. in 1841, but was afterwards called to the Legislative Council; was appointed Adjutant General of Militia in 1846 ; Commifsi(mer of FuUio Works in 1848 ; Receiver General in 1849, Speaker of the Council and Premier in 1866, and Commissioner of Crown Lands in 1867. 43. Jonea, The Reverend Peter (Kak- ke-wa-quon-a-by), an Ojibway Indian Chief,^ was bora at the River Credit, Upper OaniKlat in 1802.. In 1826 he became a Wesleyaa Minister.' tie died at BrimVferd in 1808. Jbwr^iMA.— Sketch the life and career of the Hon. B Baldwin, the Hon. 8. Udwell, tlie Kev, Dr. Bi]r(«ipn.Lotd B^ the Hon. Vraoois Hinoks, 8ir W. B. Lof^n, Hon. B. Tacht, andBMV.P. Jemi> r\#*^' ' 72 GEOGRAPHY AND BISTORY OF GOYBBVOBS 01* OAITABA. ► ' 1. y«v) Prance. Jetn Francois de)a6.x|ue,SieurdeBoberval, Plnit ViccTOV, w■■ ■■'■" •■■■ •'':_- "FiSf^' TtK BRITISH COLONIEI — NOTA SCOTIA. 2. The Proirinoe of Nova Scotia is naturally divided into two parts : the Peninsula of Nuva Scotia and the Island of Cape Bre-ton. They ars now united, however, under one government and legislature. PEirnrsxrui or irovA sootia. srsL^i 3. BonndailMi, EUse, Ac— The peoin- Ocean, and on the W. hj the Atlantic Ocean, sola of Nova Scotia is boonded on the N. Bay of Fundy, Ohi-eg-nec-to Bay and New by the Bay of Fundy, Northumberland Brunswick. Its greatest length is 280 miles; Stteii, St Oeoirge*s Bay, and the Strait of breadth, 120 ; and its area 16,627 square Oansean ; on the E. and S. by the Atlantic miles. Its population is about 227,600. ISLAiro or CAPB BBETOir. 4. Boundaries, Sise, Ac— The island berland Strait and the Oulf of St. Lawrence, of Cape Breton is situated to the north-east It is 100 miles long, 86 wide, and 2*76 in of Nova f icotia, and bounded on the north circumference. Its area is 8,120 square by theOulfof St. Lawrence; east, by the miles, or about 2,000,000 acres; and its Atlantic Ocean ; south, by Nova Scotia and population 68,600. It was called Breton the Atlaatio Ocean; and went, by NortLum- by the French. ., PHTBICAL PXATUBIB OF THtB 5. 8hap4 and Burfaoe.— The Nova __ ^ .. ftootla peninsula is somewhat triangular Egmont, Enfume, Dauphin, Murgain, Bra- in shape, and is connected with New Bruns- tou, and Mabou Capes. PBOTINCE or WOTA SCOTIA. In Cape Breton ; St. Lawrence, North, wick by a short isthmus 16 miles in width. Its surface is undulating and picturesque. The south coast is in many parts ragged and broken, but not elevated. In the in- 8. BajTS. — Nova Scotia is noted for its numerous bays. Tlie prirtoipal on the nor- thern coast are Fundy, Minas, Chiegnecto, Verte, and St /George's; on the eantem, terior are several ranges of hills of no great Ohed-a-buc-t>w ; on the southern, Margaret's, elevation. The 06l^iid, which are the Chebncto or Halifax, and Mahone; on the moat important, attain the height of 1,200 western, St. Mary's. In Cape Breton the feet The capes, bays, and harbours are nu- chief are Bras d'Or (lake), Aspy, Sydney, merous. On the Soutb-f^aat oast there are St Ann's, Mir6, Cktbarus, and St Peter's, twenty-siz harbours, twelve of them deep 9. Z*nild7. — This is the great bay of «nough for ships of the line. Nova Scotia, and, with its minor divisions, 6. Burfaoe, Ao.—Cape Bretmi Island separates it from New Brunswiok. It is r«> , is nearly revered in two by the Bras d'Or markablc for its high tides, fogs, and stMua LAn. From the head of the lako to the It is an arm of the sea, 170 miles long, and Strait of Cnnseau, the portagr, now over- from 80 to 80 wide. The rivers St John come by a osnal, is only a qua«n^er of a mile, and St Oroix flow into it from the north ; The island Is rich in minerals, and is well and the Annapolis, and several other rl vers, wooded and .iertile. "The surface is undu from the southern, or Nova Sootia sids. latiog, and the scenery x ery beautiful. Its upper extremity is divided into Chieg- 7. Capes.— In Nova 8eotia, the princi- nuoto Bay sod Oomberhind Basin, t>o lAis pal are St. Qwrg; Canseuu, Sambro', Sable, norUi ; and Minas Channel ard Basin and Digby Neok, Chiegnecto, and Split Oapea. • Co^quid Bay, to the south. JBtterciMe^Tlaw is Nora 3oov<» diTlded, and what are its bow idaries, sise, and population f Qlm 4hebewidari«saiklsi8sorOapsBreteQiandtbe»h]rsloaiiwtr.rsser«liePiwvtnosof NovaflecSia. K / f m ■ Ks, f 74 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF !■ ■■-: *■■■ 10. Straits.— Cumberland Strait sepa- rates Nova Scotia from Prince Edward Island; and CaDseaii Strait separates it from Cape Bietoa, 11. EUvers are numerous in Nova Scotia. The principal are the Annapolis, the East River of PicUm, Shubenac'adie, St. Mary's, I.abavc, and Liverpool. In Cape Breton, Mire \x) Ibe east, Inhabitants to the south, and Margarie to the west. 12. LakM.— A'ora Scotia is dotted over wiih many beautiful lakes. The principal are the Rosignol (80 miles long). Ship Har- bour, Grand, and Locbaber Lakes. In Cape Breton, Bras d'Or and Margiu-ie. The Bras d'Or is a fine salt- water inlet 20 miles wide, running nearly the whole length of the island. 13. Islands —The principal, off JNova Scotia are Haut. Long, Brier, Cape Sable, Seal, and Mud Islands on the Bay of Fundy and Atlantic coasts; Pictou and Caribou on the north ; and numerous small ones on the south. Near CapeBreton are Boulardare, Scatarie, Madame, Janvrin, and Sea Wolf. Boulardare Island is situated at the entrance to Bras d*Or Lake. Sable Island, 87 miles south east of Canseau, is 25 miles long, and from one to two wide. It is noted lor its sandy coast and numerous shipwrecks. A light-house, with men to aid shipwrecked mariners, is maintained on the island. TUB CLIMATE AND GEOLOGY OP KOVA SCOTIA, INCLUDING CAPE BRETON. 14. CUmate. — Nova Scotia, being in nearly tlie same latitude as Oanada, has a climate somewhat similar to it. Within the influence of the Mexican gulf-stream, and being neai'ly surrounded by water, the climate of Nova Scotia is more equable, and less liable to the extremes of heat and cold than Gaaada. Halifax harbour is very rarely closed iu winter. The autumn is an agreeable period of the year. 15, The Galf-Stream is, as Lieutenant Maury observes, a great " river in the ocean. ItN Baaka and its bottom are of cold water, while its cur- rent u of warm. Tlie OuH' oi Mexico is iw foun- tain, nnd its uiovithiHtbe Arctic Scnn. . Uh watcnt a8 far a.s the Carolina coasts, are of indigo blue." BHO«i)iiiK from the Oulf of Mexico, iIh course is first thnmKhthe narrow outlet between Florida and the Istiaiid of Cuba ; then along the United Stato* coaNt as fa- aa Cape Cod ; diverging hero, it first strikes the southern point of Nova Scotia, then that of Newfoundland, where, on the Grand Bank, it meets tm Arctic current fh>m Baffin's Bay. The unciiual temueraturos of the two great currents of water which meet hon-, cause the perpetual fogs on the c^oast. Passing the Banks, its course is eastward till it meets the British Isles. " By these it is divid«e of this stream makes Ireland the Emt^nld Isle, and clothes tue shores of England with verJure; while In the B»n:<' latitude on this eoiiUnent, the OOMt of Li^rador is test bound in fott<>r8 of ice. Its comparatlvo velocity a:id tomperatui^ are as follows:— JfT tlic '".rrow channel of lleininl, the velooitv i-^ 1 miles an hour ; off Cape tlattenw, where It is 7S miles wide, the rate is reduced to 3 miles I on the banks of ^'ewfoundland to 1^; its force then gradually abates as it prooresses east* ward. The highest temperature of the stream is 85" Fahr. Between Cape Hatteras and New- foundland the temperature in winter is 26° or 30*^ above that of tno surrounding water ; nor does it lose much of its warmth until it reaches the western coasts of Europe. ISeepageH.) 16, Greology.— Nova Scotia and Gape Breton arc noted for their Oeological riches. Coal, iron, and gypsum are found in abundance. The rock formations of the Provinces belong to the four fol- lowing systems : 1. Aeoic, including :;ranite, gneiss, quartz nx^ks, clay slate, and mica slate. 2. Silurian, including slates, shales, grits, and coarse liineatones, with fossil shells, &c. 3. Car- boni/eroufi. including red and grey sandstones, shales, conglomerate, gypsum, limestone, and coal. This system contains the most important and valuable minerals. 4 A newer Bed Sand- statu, of an uncertain age, including red sand- ■tone and red conglomerate, associated with maues of trap. The first or these groups it rooks, which mav possibly be lower Silurian beds in a iii(.>tamorpnosed state, extends along the Atlantic coast. The second consists principally of upper LUlurian rooks, in great ^ai t metamor- phowid. It forms hilly ranges in the interior, rue two last groups occupy all the lower parts of the Provinco. with the ezoeption of the alluvial flats of the Bay of Fundy. Ex«rei$M.—Qtr9 the straits, rivers, lake^ and islands. What is said of thu climate and geology of Nova Sootia and Cape Breton f Describe the celebrated stream of the Oulf of Mexico. THE BRITISH COLONIES — NOVA SCOTIA. VATUBAL PE0DUCT8, BAILWATfl, MANUFAOTUBtS, AT»D COMMERCE. 17. Mineral.— The Province is rich in coal, iron, and gypsum. In Nova Scotia there are three principal eoal fields, at which about 90,000 chaidrons are annually raised ; (1} Pictou, in which are the Albion Mines, and the thickest beds known in the Province. (2) Cumberland, in which there is a mine at S. Joggins. (8) Colchester, in which mines have not yet been opened. There are three in Cape Breton, in Inverness and Cape Breton counties; the mines at present worked being thpse of N. Sydney and Bridgeport. Gypsum is found in Hants, Colchester, Cumberland, and Pictou counties, Nova Scotia : and in the southern part of Cape Breton. Iron is found in An- napolis, Colchester and Pictou counties. Nova Scotia; and in Cape Breton. 18. Vegetables. — The vegetable pro- duotp of Nova Scotia are similar to those of Canada, viz. : wheat, oats, barley, pota- mu8k>rat, fieldnnouse ;(Ruminantia), moose reindeer ; (Cetacea), whale. THE WILD DUCK, OB TdALhAUV {Ana» bOlcha$.) 20. The Birds are similar to those of the other provinces ; but owing to its mari* time position, water fowl are more abun- dant in Nova Scotia. Of these the wild toes, turnips, apples, pears, cherries, plums, duck, goo8e,Bnipe,<&c.,arethemore valuable. &c. Early Indian corn will ripen; and ~ peach, melon, grape, only in aome seasons. Garden fruits and vegetable?, however, grow in abundance. In the dyked lands a*^ the head of the Bay of Fundy, (ricli allu- vial deposit thrown up by the extraordinary tide?, and enclosed by dykes), the soil is very productive. Governor Sir J. G. le Marchant, in a despatch dated in 1853, shows although the wheat raised is scarcely sufficient for the inhabitants, yet that in 1861, in wheat ijrowing. Nova Scotia beat five New EnglHnd States, and twelve other states and territories ; in rye, Hh<^ beat six- teen states and ternt.f»rif a ; in uatn, thirteen ; buf. :oheat, twetttv tbr*»' in barl«y, every State except Ohio and %tv/ York in hay, twenty-ont' ; and in pmuAoen, twenty thre». 19. Animals — 1 ne uaual dumt^r woo«l-diuck, porcupine, wjfuirreli, beaver. 21. Reptiles similar to thoac in Canada. 22. Fish. — The following are in abun- dance, and form a staple, mackerel, her- ring, aleviives, shad, and cod. Tlie fish- eric'B ar( 'isecnted in Nova Scotia with g^eat suo^ j§. The value of the exports in fish and oil in 1856 amounted to upwards of threfl miUton.^ of dollars. 23 Railwcvs. Canals, &o.— The N' Scotia Rail Mail from Halifax to Am- ber»!. New Brunswick, is under contract (185H A branch l>> Windsor (46 miles) and H ijortion of thf^ aifcin road have been «ymj.leM. The Su-lwn-ac-a-die Canal, from HiiHfiix u» Coheovii'' Bav. "nd St. Peter't Cannl fro« St dUmr'» Bay to Bras d'Or I.i6k<> (2,80^ Ui^ are ia coarse of cooatrno- tion. There w^r*-, in 1866 1,124 mile« of d««tr!o <*/«yr«j>*,c*»'. meeting every country wi«k iTaJifax. aed HaUfax with th(> United Stetes and oth«r f^mtnum, 84B Potit OffioM, and 4.000 mil©» '^ mm^ ronte*. ExerriDfm.—yDnMlt •*» thv natural prori«i!t« rA Nova nmtw ami ''ape BNton aibwal an«l v< ble— ftnitwii^, birdx. rr*|^)«a, md Ash '' tflurt is said nt 'hf railwcy* * 76 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF 24. Manufactures in wooUads, lineu, straw, feather, iron, cabinet ware, paper, Ac., are carried on to some extent. Ship building is, luwever. the staple. 25. The Commerce of the Province of Nova Scotia is very extensive. She has 1,200 milea of eea-coost. and in the fishing, coasting, and foreign trade, she rivals larger countries. Her imports in 1856 amounted to 19,860,000 ; exports of coal, fish, ships. §ypsum, timber, &c , to $7,600,000 ; the i^rence is made up by freight, &c. There ar« 48 free ports of entry. The Provincial revenue in 1854 amounted to|666,000. 26. Inhabitants.— The Province of Nova Scotia was originally settled by a mixed population : English and Irish about Halifax ; Scotch in the Eastern Counties ; American United Empire Loyalists in the Western and Midland Counties; German and Swiss in Lunenburg County, (Nova Scotia); and Frenoh, the original settlers, in various parts of the Province. These races are now blended into one, and formed a population of about 830,000, in 1857. 27. Heligious Bodies.— The Presby. teriana arc the most numerous ; Roman Catholics next ; Baptists third ; Episcopa- lians, fourth ; Methodists, fifth ; Lutherans ..■'»'?»■■'■. J ';t -^i^^JiML— ^^nSk mi kM^'- >7F^-:^^ ir-^^ - ""'"i I'l i' ■**!f u:'<'r- :,-4f; 'mr^^^^^^S^^^-^m^ ■~^ fm^^^uidAi -R*'^^'' h-M ,^^ ^^ I d ms^- ■^^^m .-^?,W74' HB CITT OF HAIIVAX, FAOM DAKTMOUTIT. ?^<^' ^i> Sreretate.—Qivp » statement of the manuftetures and oommerc« of the Prcvino* of Nova BooUa -ita inhAhltanta—aitdof the various reliffious donomtnRtions. M THE BRITISH COLONIES— NOVA SCOTIA. n Nzth ; and OongregftUonaliits aeyentb. All are oo an equal footing. 26. Bduoatlon is well sustained by the Legislature. There are three chartered colTegea, and numerous superior schools, viz., Dalhousie, the Free Church, and St. Mary's Colleges at Halifax : King's Col- lege, near Windsor; Acadia College, nt m>lfville ; also Academies at Pictou and in Tarioua other counties. There are 1,200 Common Schools attended by 35,000 pupils, and a Normal Schu 1 at Truro. The Legis- lative grant for their support was increas- ed in 1867 from 144,000 to $60,000. 29. Halifax is one of the chief cities in British America, and the capita' of Nova Scotia. It was founded in 1749, by Governor Cornwallis, and named by him after the Earl of Halifax, the active promoter of the settlem.'ot. 'The original name was Obebucto. The harbor formed by a bay 16 miles long, and Bedford Basin, is the finest in America, and rarely freezes in winter. It is well protected. So strong are the fortifications on the citadel, that it is called the Gibraltar of America. The city is built on the declivity of a hill, and is two miles long by about a mile wide- The streets are yery spacious, and cross each other at right angles. The Province building and other public edifices are fine structures. Many of the private residences are built of stone and are very handsome. The dockyard covers 14 acres, and ie the chief naval station for the royal navy in BriUbb America. TKe wharves are numerous. By meane of the C'unard and ether steamers, riud the tele- graph, Halifax has direct communication with Europe and the otb«r parts of this continent, T;»e commei* is exteiiaive. The population it about 28,i>00. 30. Annapollji was founded hr Uat French settler?. In 1606, and named Poit Royal. It was attacked and destroyed bj the Virginia Colonists in 1614 ; reetore^ again to the French in 16^2, it remained io their hands unti! 1656, when it was agaio captured by the English, but restored a second time by the "TrQaty of Breda. In the war of 1689 it, a third time, fell into the hands of the English, but was a third time restored by treaty in 1697. It was a fourth time captured in the war of 1701. and by the treuty of ^713, was finally ced- ed to Great Britain, when its name was changed to Annapolis after Queen Anne. 31. Louiabourg was founded by the French in 1720, and became their chief na« val Htation in North America. Its com- mercial importance was also very great. There were at one time off the cots'. 600 vessels engaged in fishing, and 500,000 quin- tulH of fish expji'<;ed toeoce to Europe. The fortress was taken ip 1746 ; restored, 1748; retaken by Generals A mherst and WoL'j in 1758. It was then bjown up and destroyed at an expense of 1 12,000. 220 pieces of cannon wt re captured. 32. The other Chief Towxm in Nova Sei»tia, next to Halifax, are Pictou and Yar* iJx«ro'«»«.-Wh*t IS the 6tat«) of education iii th« Province!' l>('s(oribo Ua^dkx. AiaiapoUs, end Lcxjdwbourg. What Ateaniers touch at Malifas.^ \t\amt sru the cutef iowns ? .fm.. - m -*« 78 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF moath. They are the leading 8f.a-ports of the east and west. Pictuu exports coal, timber, shipe, and agricultural piduce. Yarmouth owns a large Dmount of shipping and is extensively engaged in the carrying trade. The other towns are given in the foUowint; table. 33. The Countlai in Nova Scotia and Capo Breton aie as follows : NOVA SCOTIA. County. Pop'. County Town. Annapolis .. Colchester .. Cumberland DIgby Ouysboro i6(m '8000 Annapolis. Truro. Amherst. Digby. Guysboro. CouHTiBs iH Nova SooriL—(eontinm«d :) County, Halifiuc Hants Kings Lunenburg. Pictou Queens sheiburn .... Sydney Yarmouth . Population . County Town. 40000 ISOOO 15000 17000 86000 8000 11600 14000 14000 Halifax. Windsor. Kentville. Lunenburg. Pictou. Liverpool. Shelbum. Antigonish- Yarmouth. CAPE BRETON. Cape Bre on Inverness ... Richmond ... Victoria 18000 17S00 11000 11000 286.000 Sydney. Port Hood. Arichat. Bedeque. CONSTITUTION AND CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 34. The Conetitution, like that of Canada, is fcuuded upon Trea'.ies, Orders in Council, Royal Instructions, Imperial and Colorjial Acts. Nova Scotia, then called Acfidie, was settled by the French in 1604; ceded to England in 1714 -. colonized by Lord Halifax in 1749 ; (Cape Breton was (aken by the English in 1758 ;) a coimtitution was granted in acominission to the Duke of Richmond as Governor, in 1768; in 1784 it w.as modified in the commission to Gover- nor Parr; Responsible, or Parliamentary Governmeut (as in Canada) was introduced in 1848 ; and the public statutes were re- vised and consolidated as the code of Nova Scotia in 1851. 35. Thn Lieutenant Governor is the chief executive officer. Hie cabinet consists of nine heads of departmeuts, who are appointed by himself ; but holding office only sr> long as they are sui^tained by the legislatrure, as iu Cunada, With the advice of his Cabinet, he appoints ihe judges, custo!., and mugiatriites of couutie». wards arriyed, and then it was de- cided to attack the place. But, de- spairing of a suc- CAPTUKB OV LOVIBBOUBO IN 1745. 4 rBxPtAiTATTOK 09 TBB tJPFBs Pabt ov thb Map.— a. Glscis, or extreme outside slope of the derenoes , 6. Banquette, or step, upon which the soldiers stand to fire orer the parapet (f) ; c. Ouvered way into the fort, under the banquette ; d. Oountersoarp, a bank or wall outside the ditch («) ( e. The ditch or trench: /. The parapet, or protection for men and guns inside; g. The inner banquette h. Ramparts, or mere solid embuilunents o' the fort ; i. Talus, or last slope inside the fort.] ceeaftil resistance, the French capitulated on the 28th June, 1746. The stores iuid r rifles captured amounted to $6 ,000,000. In 746, the Duke d'Anyille was sent with a French fleet to retake the island; but •lorms and disease wasted his forces, and the enterprise was abandoned. In 1748, the Treaty of Aix-la-Cbapelle restored Cape Jrevon to the French, against the whh of the iTew England captors (whose expenses of upwards of a million of dollars were, however, repaid by England), but the same treaty connrmed the cession of Vioin Scotia to the British Crown. a Baliliia: Founded.— In 1749, after the peace, nearly 4,000 disbanded soldiers, under Governor Comwallis, arrived in Chebucto Harbour, and on its shores com- menced the settlement of a town, whidk, in honour of the then President of the J'cwrotsM.— Gire an account of the New Enffland expedition ifiainst Nora Scotia, and the first capture of Louisbourg. Dsscri)}o the engrafing. What aamss were first given to Otpe Breton ? THE BRITISH COLONIES — NOVA SCOTIA. 81 EDglisb Board of Tnd« and Plantaiioni, ihej named " Halifax." 9. BngUflh Govemment. — On the 14th July, 1749, CornwalliB established the governmeot of the colony, and appointed six members of council to aid him. In 1*758, 400 Germans joined the colony, and settled in the county of Lunenburg. 10. Old Fkronoh "War.— The great war of 1766-63, called the French and Indian war, which ended in the cession of Canada, originated solely in territorial disputes be- tween the Frendi and Eoeliah colonists on the banks of the Ohio; it afterwards in- volved the whole line of rival forts and trading posts extending from the Ohio tbroujpi Canada to Acadia. U. Expulsion of the Aoadians.— Fearing that the Acadian French would aid their countrymen in invading Nova Scotia, the English colonists collected the Acadian population, at various pomts, on pretence of conferring with them, and then suddenly forced them on board several ships, and conveyed them to New England, New York, and Virginia. Their places were filled by New England colonists. After the peace of 1763, many of them returned to Nova Scotia, and settled in the interior. 12. Final Capture of Louisbourg. — In 1768, Louisbourg was finally captured from the French, by Wolfe, Amherst, and Boscawm, and and destroyed. it* fortifications blown up They are now in ruins. 13. Settled Oovemment— -In 1768, a constitution was granted to Nova Scotia by England ; and in 1761, the Indians of the coloay acknowledged the authority of the Govomor. After the American revo- lution, many of the exiled Royalists settled in Nova Scotia; and in 1784, Cape Breton was erected into a separate government, with a capital at Sydney ; but in 18 19, it was a^ain re-united to Nova Scotia, and authorised to send two members to the Legislature. In that ^ear, effuito were first formally made to protect the English fisheries ou the coast. 14. Present Period.— In 1888, a depu- tation from Nova Scotia was sent to confer with Lord Durham (Governor General of British North America), at Quebec, on a proposed change in the constitution ; and in 1840, a ayntem of government, responsi- ble to the Legislature, was introduced. Ih 1851, further eflbrts were made to protect the fisheries; and in 1862, a Provincial force, auxiliary to the Imperial, was placed under the direction of the British Admiral for that purpose. Since then, a fishing treaty and a reciprocity treaty have been effected with the United States and Canada. Peace and prosperity now prevail within the borders of Nova Scotia. OOYEBNOBB OF NOVA SCOTIA. Hon, E. Comwallis 1740 Hon. P. Hobsoii 1762 Hon. C Lawrence 17M Hon. R. Monlton 1756 Hon. .T. Belcher 1760 Hon. M. Wilmot 1764 Hon. M. Franklin 1766 Lord W. GampbeU 1772 gon.P. Deage 1773 on. M. Arbuthnot 1776 Hon. R. Hughes 1778 Sir A. S. Hammond 1781 Hon. J. Parr 1782 Hon. E. Pannhig l783 Son. R. Bulkeley 1701 on. J. Wentworth 1792 Hon. A.Cooke 1808 StrO. Frevost 180» Sir J. Sherbrooke 1811 General Darrock 18U General Smyth 1816 Earl of Dalhousie 1819 Sir J. Kempt 1880 Hon. M. Wallace 1826 Sir PeriKriiie Maitland ... 1828 Sir Colin Campbell 18S6 Lord Falkland 1840 General Sir J. Harvey ... 1846 Sir J. G. le Marchant ... 1802 TheEarlofMulgrave ... 1867 Erereise».—WhBn was the English government established f What is said of the French war, the expulsion of the Aoadians, and the final capture of Louisbourg ? Name the governors of Mova dcotia* 82 GEOGRAPHY AND HI8TORY OF XIII. PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 1. Extent and Boundaries. — New Brunswick (in shape an irregular square) is situated between the par. "lels of 45° and 48° north latitude, and the meridians of 63° 45' and 67° 50' west longitude. Its area is 27,620 square miles, and includes 18,000,000 acres. It is bounded on the north by the bay of Chaleurs and Lower Canada ; on the east by the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Nova Scotia ; on the south by the bay of Fundy ; and on the west by the State of Maine. It was formerly called Nurembega. 2. The Surface of New Brunswick is most agreeably diversified with hill and dale, moiuitaio and valley. None of the other Provinces is more unifrmly and plentifully supplied with running streams and noble rivers. Its forests are well wooded, and its intervales of land rich fertile. 3. Geology.— Two belts of granitic and other igneous rocks of the Appalachian mountains enter the Provint-ft from the weHtward, and extend across it in a north-easterly direction, accompanied by metamorphuff :d beds of Silurian, and perhaps Devonian, age. The northern belt enters near Wood- stock. emDraciiig Mars Hill and the Tobique Mountairiii, which rise to the height of 2,200 feet. The southern belt embraces the Nerepis HillH, and the ranges of hills extending eastward through the coiuities of Kings, St. John, and Charlotte. The island of Grand Hanan is a remarkable specimen. The lower Silurian rocks form a broad belt south of the Tobique Hills. The upper Silunan rocks cover near the whole northern part of New Brunpwiek. This is the most fertile part of the Province. The lower carboniferous rui ks occur everywh'>r ;< t>olween the Silurian rocks and the coal measures. They abound in gypsum, and five origin to sr.ll springs. The upper carboniferous rocks, or coal measures, cover a large portion of i!u rtentral an*' eiutern part or New Brunswick. Ihe tertiary and a2^vm2 deposits are found along thu <:i>mt^ of t^ie Bay of Fundy. 4. The Lakes are Grand Lake, Te mi.^- cou-arta, and numt-rous smaller laices. "T, The Rivers are St. John, Ma-da>was- ka, }vi^. -ne-bcc-ca-sis, Pe-tit-co-cli ac, Rich-i- bi.< '. Mi-ra-mi-chi, Res-ti gou-che (or " big- mouthed river'* of the Indians), and St. Croix, tho southern boundary river between New Brunswick and the State of Maine, 6. The St. John, or principal river, is 450 miles long. Its Indian name was Loosh- took, or Long river. It drains 9,000,000 acres in New Brunswick, 2,000,000 acres in Canada, and 6,000,000 acres in the United States. It is navigable to Fredericton, the capital, 84 miles from the sea. From this pomt small steamers ply to Woodstock, 60 milei furtbei'. In high water they can go to the Grand ?alls, 220 miles from the sea. This cataract is 40 feet high. The Mada- waska is 40 miles further up. The lakes and tributaries of the river St. John make it a noble stream. 7. The Res-ti-gouche, or boundary ri- ver between Canada and New Brunswick, is 200 miles long, draining 4,000 square miles of richly timbered country. It fc^ls into the Bay of Chaleurs. < , 8. The Mlr-am-1-ohl is 225 miles long, and 9 miles wide at its mouth. The tide flows up 40 miles, 80 of which large ves> sels can navigate. 9. The Bays are Chaleurs, Miramichi, Buc-touche, Cocagne, She-di-ac,Chi-eg-nec« to, Fundy, St John, and Pas-sam-a-quod-dy. 10. The Cha-lears, a large inlet from the Gulf of St Lawrence, is 90 miles lon^, by from 15 '«o 80 miles wide, and has nei- ther shoal, reef, or other impediment to navieation. On the Canadian side, the Exercites.—Vifhnit is said of the extent and boundaries of New Brunswick— its 8urflM»tgeology, lakeit, and rivers P Describe the St. John, the Bestigouche, and the Miramachi. Give the Bays, kc. THE BRITISH COLONIES— NEW BRUNSWICK. 83 14. Animals— The caribou and other deo'- are found, besides the animals common t< ither Provinces ; wild fowl, Aa shores are bold and mountainous — on the The bay is celebrate.l for the va'-iety and New Brunswick side, low and broken, abundance of its fish. CLIMATE ATSTD KATUBAL PBODUOTS* 11. The Climate is less severe than in Lower Canada, and is very healthy. Fo^, from the Bay of Fundy, rarely extend in- land for more than 20 or 30 miles. The autumn is beautiful. Winter begins in December and ends in March. 12. The IMnneral products are coal, iron, Albert! te (asphalt, or pitch coals, man- f^anese, plumbago, lead, granite, gypsum, imestone, marble, sandstone, grindstone, oilstone, Iceland spar, elate, potters' clay, peat, ochres, &c. * * Photograpliic Sciences Corporation 4^ \ 4^. •O^ V ^. ^^- -^^^ t ^ \ 33 WIST MAIN STRUT WnSTIR.N.Y. 14SM (7U)S7a-4S03 '^ ^.f* .^^ V ^ ;\ >i ^'^# \ ^O ^\% \ V> 84 OEOGRAPBY AND HISTORY OF B^ntly BituAted on a level plain, on the right bank of the rirer St. John, county of York, about 84 miles from the Bay of Funily. ItH streetfl are vnde, nnd orosg eaob other at right angles. In front of the city, the river makes a bold sweep ; and in the rear a range of hills extend, giving a handflome R])nearance to the city. The Government House is a large stone build* ing; as in also King's College. The Parlia- ment House is of wood. There are bar- racks, and other public buildings, betides churches, dee The population is about 6,000. 21. Bt John, the chief city of the Province, contains a population of 86,000. It is situated at the mouth of the river St. John, and was incorporated by Royal char- ter, in 1786. It \9 well built, and contains many fine houses of stone and brick. The eastern part of the city stands on a rocky peninsula, projecting into the harbour, and is regularly laid out, and when approached from the sea, has an imposing appearance. The principal buildings, oesides tne church- es, are : the marine hospital, barracks, court house, prison, luuatic asylum, penitentiary, and government store-housei. In 1887, a destructive fire visited the city. The har- bour is capacious, safe, and free from ice. The entrance, (two miles south of the city) is protected by a battery on Partridge Island. The tide in the harbour rises 20 or 36 feet. The commerce of the port is very extensive. In 1866, the exports alone amounted to the sum of $3,666,810. 22. The Conntlei, their chief towq^s and population are as follows : — Coanty. PopnUUon. Chief Town. Albert 6,500 11.500 20.600 12.000 12.000 19.500 16,500 11.000 4,500 a».ooo 5,600 6,000 18,800 18,800 Hopewell. Woodsto^. Carleton Charlotte St. Androwa. Oloucester Bathurst. Kent Richibuoto. Kiufrston. Newcastle. Ghueetown. . Dftlhousie. Kinn Northumberland ... Queen's BeatiKouohe St. John Bt. John. Sunbury Oromocto> Victoria Grand Falls. Westmoreland York Dorchester. Prederictfln ToUl 880.000 THE OITIL OOYEBNMBVT. 23. Gk>Yemm«nt.— The form of go- varoment is similar to that of Nova Scotia and Quiada. 24. OoYemor.— Tlio chief executive oAoer exercises the same functions as does the Lieutenant Ouvemor of Nova Scotia, Ao. He is aided by a Provincial cabinet of nine heads of departments, whose tenure of office depends upon legislative support. The Governor General of Canada is officially his superior officer, but does not, of course, inteifere in his local ailministiutiun. 25. The Ziepslatur* h constituted like that of the other colonies. The Legis- lative Council consists of 28 members, ap< pointed by the Crown, for life. The House of Assembly consists of 41 members, elected by the people. 26. ItoYeniM and Bxpendltnre.— The revenue for the year 1867 amounted to nearly $660,000; and the expenditure to about the same eum. 27. The Ooorts are: the Supreme Court, with Eauity powers (I chief and 4 puknd judges) ; Vice Admhralty, Piracy, Probate, Marriafe, and Divorce; inferior Courts of Common Pleas, General Sessions, and Justieec. COMMBBOe, BAILWAT8, AKD KAKUFAOTUBBS. ' 28. Oommeroe.— The fine rirers, bays, Brunswick very large commercial faetlitiee. and great extent of f>ea coast, give New There are about 1,000 vessels (16,000 ton) JE?»rr<«M.— DesrritH' Frvdcriotitn and 8fe. John. Give the oonnties and their chief towns. Wbal Is said or the ((ovenuiiHiit, governor, and legisli^ure f What is the revenue and expenditure f lio. THE BmiTISH COLONIES — NEW BRUNSWICK. rhe b«r- from ice. khe city) Cartridge rises 20 i port is irts alone ef toWBB ef Town. pewell. odstock. Andrews. ihurst. ihibucto. iffston. troHtle. ■etown. Ihousie. , John. jmocto* and Fslls. rohestei. tdericton. ibers, ap- 'ho HooM B, ele<)t«d dittm.— loanted to » iditnre to Suprtmt diief and f, Piracy, ioforior ISoMioaa, feoaitiea. ;.000toiM) ms. Wkal uref kc. bn^e and small, engaged in trade, fishing, ho. The principal exports are thnber, fish, iron, coal, and ^ypsam, Tslued at 17,000,000 annually; imports, about the same. In 1857, the exports amounted to $7,088,800. 29. Railways — 1. European and North American, from St John to Sheditu), 107 miles; with a projected branch to Nova Scotia, 87 miles ; thence to Canada ; and from St, John to the State of Maine, 76 miles. 2. From St. Andrew's to Woodstock, 100 miles. Other linos of railway arte alno nrojeoted. |1 60,000 are annually granted Dy the Lcffislalure, for the improvement of roads and bridges. One great road extends ■fi 4 -'•3t«^iC>-ii*«^ x. -.^A bfc. N?»l.-^^ '.< '^i^0 ■<■;■ from St. John to Canada ; another from the State of Mune, through St. John, \a Nora Scotia, Shediac, and Reetigouche. A sus> pension bridse crosses the St. John river at the city of St. John. ni 30. Mannfaotur«s, include coarse woollens, leather, soap, candles, wooden ware, cabinet ware, cast-iron ware, Ac . &e. There are about 150 ^ps, built aDnnally ; value $2,250,000. There are also 000 saw- mills, 800 grist mills, 150 tanneries, 20 foundries, 60 cardinn;: and weaving estab- lishments, and 6,00(; hand-looms. XIV. HISTORY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 1. IndiaiM. — ^When Europeans first visited New Brunswick, three Algonquin nations occupied Acadie and the coast of New Brunswick and Maine, viz., The Mick-maks, or Sou-ri-quois, from 6asp4 Bay to the river St. Croix ; the £tch-e-mins, or Milicetes (canoe men), from St. Croix to Pe-nob- soot river ; and the Ab-na-quis, or Kan-ni-bas, from Penobscot to the Ken-ne- bee river. These three nations afterwards became more closely united, and Jbwnri«M<— What Is said of the and manuAMlnrss. Btatowhatls oommeree of New Branswiokf Oive an aooouit of the rallwRirs of the Indians of Mew Brunswick. 86 .^ 1"^ GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF «*^^' were known by the French under the name of the " Nations Abnaquises." The Etchemins and Abnaquis have a few small colonies on the river St. John. They are known as Malecites. In 1851 these Indians numbered 1,116. .r 2. Discovery — Jaoqnet Oartier made his first voyage iotiie New World in 1584 ; and on the 9th of /uly, entered a deep bay, ikitense heat he e nenced which, from the there, he named the *' Bide de obalenrs. He was pleased with the oomitry, and ex- perienced kind treatment from the inhabi- tants. In 1 604, De Monts was eommiasioned by Ilenri IV. to make further disooveries ; and after visiting Rosinol, Nova Soot' a, he entered la Bave Fran^ou, since named the Bay of Fundv; and on the festival of Ss, ^onu the Baptist (24th June), reached tiie great river Oa*an-gon-dy, which he named t John's river. Entering another river, he erected a fort; and from the cross- shaped configuration of the stream and its tributaries, be named it St. Oroix. This was abandoned, in 1606, for Port Royal. 3. Part of Nova Bootla.— At this time the entire oonntry, extending from New England to the Bay of Ohaleurs, in- cluding the islands, was called Acadie. The English claimed it from the discoveries of Oabot, and the French from possession. The chief settlements were at Fort Royal (Annapolis) and St. Oroix. 4. Original Orants.— In 1621, James I. of England granted to Sir Wm. Alex- ander, afterwards Earl of Stirling, the whole of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prinoe Edward Island. With this grant he instituted the order of the Baronets of Nova Scotia, on condition that the baronets would colonise the country. In 1626, Oharles I. renewed the grant, end bioluded in it the whole of the country from the St. Lawrence to Oalifomia. 5. Disputaa and Salaare.— Failing to fpin possession himself, Sir William, in 687, despatched Sir David Kertk and his brother forcibly to expel the French. They soon captured Port Koyal, St. Oroix, and Pen-ta-go-et (Penobscot). They also made a prisoner of Olaode de la Tour, to whom the French Kbg had made a grant of a tract of a conntart La Tour's son, who resided at Sable aland, refused; but in 1632, Oharles I. ceded the whole country to Louis XIII. and granted Lord Stirling £10,000 as indemnity. 7. Madame la Tour.— La Tour soon erected a fort at Oem-see, on the St. John ; but his success exeited tiie jealousy of the French Governor, Ohanusu. In 1688, Louis XIIL defined the territory of the disputants. New Bmnswick was assigned to u Tour. Nevertheless, the dispute con- tinued, and Ohamiss6, in the absence of la Tour, sought to oaptare the Fort at St. John. Madame la Tour, an English lady, gallantly defended the Fort, andOharnisK retired hi disgrace. Again 1m made the attempt; and Madame de la Tour ^obg betrayed by a Swiss, capitulated •»• nwa6, with a great be.rbariVy,han^eo the survivors, ana compelled his victim, with a hslter round her neck, to wi'ness their exe- cution. Her suflSerings weie loo great, and she died soon after. 8. mdUn Znroada.— In 1689, French settlements were madd on the Bay of Oha- leurs ; and in 1672, oa the river Hiramiohi, and at other places on the eastern coast The colonisto suff&red much from the Indi- ans, and were involved in the contests between the Mohawks and the Miomaes. The Mohawks were victorious ; but in 1698 the Micmacs, under their chief, HalioD, What is said of Sir AwrdMt.— Trace tbe biatory of the Prorince. from its disoorery, untU 16S8. What is W. Aleiauder, Sir David Kertk, Claude la Tour, Madame la Tour, and the Indan inroads V THE BRITISH COLONICS — NEW BRUNSWICK. 87 attacked the whites, burned their hotuee, and compelled them to fl^. To allay this enmity, me French aathorities offered noon* ties to such colonists as would marry Indian wives. 9. Captorea and Caaaton.— In 1664, CSromweU havbg directed Oolonel Sedge- wick to recover Novft ScoUa from Uie French, he defeated la Tour on the St. John, and took the whole of Acadie. — In 1667, the colony was again ceded to France, by Charles IL In 1690, Sir Wm. Phipps took Port Royal and St John. ViUaDon, however, soon re captured them ; and from St. John the Indians were sup- Elied with arms to attack the English co- pies in New England. The people of Massachusetts retaliated; and Lieut. Ool. Church took Acadie. with the exception of St. John. In 1696, the country was again ceded to France, by the Treaty of Ryswick. In 1*704, CoL Church agun attacked St. John, but failed. In 1710, Oen. Nioholsen captured Port Royal, the chief port in Nova Scotia, which he named Annapolis ; and in 1718, by the Treaty of UtreoLb, the whole of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick was ceded to Great Britain. In 1758 the first Parliament of the Colony met at Halifax. 10. Local Conteata.-— From 1718 until 1768, contests with the Indians and attacks from Uie French, who endeavored to regain the country colonized by their countrymen, and disputes as to the boundary, harassed the English settlement&' But by the treaty of 1768, which followed the capture of Louisbourg and Quebec, France renounced all claim to either Acadie or Canada. U. Settlement and Early Ptiva- tlona. — In 1764 emigration from Great Britain and the adjoidns colonies flowed into New Brunswick. William Davidson, from Scotland, formed a settlement at Hira- michi, which In 1777 was nearly destroyed by the Indiana who had declared in favor of the American revolutionists. Privateers also pillaffed the settlement. In l7b3 peace was prociiumed, and great numbers of the disbanded troops and of tha United Empire Loyalists settled in New Bmnswick. 12. A Separate Prcrvlnoe.— In 1784 New Brunswick (then the county of Sun- bury) was detached from Nova Seutia and became a separate province. A oonstitntion was grantea to it by royal charter, and General Thomas Carleton appobted gover- nor. During his administration of 20 years, the country prospered greatly. In 1809, a duty was imposed upon timber coming from the Baltic into England while that from New Brunswick and other colonies was admitted free. This continued to give a great im* puUe to the timber trade of the country, until in 1826 ; from over trading, a reaction took place. It again recovered, and al* though subject to fluctuation, the timber trade and conmerce of New Brunswick has continued to flourish. 13. Fire in Miramlohl Wooda.— In 1826, a great fire devastated the entire east coast of Miramichi, covering an area of 6,000 square miles. 600 lives were lost, and property to the amount of a million of dollars destroyed. $200,000 were collected in various places for the sufferers. 14. Fire In St John.— In 1887 a de« structive fire visited the City of St John. 116 houses, and property to the value of 11,000,000 were destroyed. 15. Revenne Surrendered— In 1887, the revenues of the Province were surren- dered to the local government on condition that the payment of the salaries of certain civil officers, amounting to $68,000 per an- num, should be granted to Her Majeaty. 16. Aahborton Treaty, «o.— In 1842, the Ashburton Treaty between Great Britdn and the United States waa fhuned. By Uiia treaty the disputed boundary be* ween Maine and New Brunswick was set* Id of Sir £r#ret«e«.— Still (further trace the history of the Province, ftrom 1639 to 1837 1 cu)tures and oes* slon, local oouteats, early privations, separate province, flres in Hiramaohi and St. John, Ac 68 GEOGRAPHY AND BISTORT OV tied. The territory in dispute cont&ined 12,000 square miles, or 7,700,000 acres. Maine received 4,600,000 acres, and "Sew Bnuuwiek 8,2f (^000. Reciprocity treaties and arrangements with the United States and Canada, aad either Frovinees, have since been effected. 17. Raspovilble Oovtmment, simi- lar to that «f Canada, was introduced in 1848. Since Hun Urn Provinee has in- creased in wealth, popidation, and impor> tance; and now equally witii the other North American colobies enjoys the protee* tion of Great Britain, and the fullest exer* else of jxditieftl fhtedom, oompatiUe with the icamtenance of that cordal and happy connection which subsistB between xtew Brunswick and the mother country. GOT£BN0B8 07 ITEW BRUK8WICK. Gen. Thos.Clavloton, Goyemor-in>ohief. 1784 Hon. G. G. Ludlow (Pros.) 1786 Hon. B. Wlnalow 1«<» Colonel G. Johnston ;. 1808 General M. Hunter 1809 General W. Bidfour...... 1811 General G.S Smyth .... 1812 General Sir J. Saumares 1B13 Colonel H. W. Hailes 1816 Hon. Ward Chipman (President) , Hon. J. M. Bliss 1826 General Sir Howard Doufdas 1889 Hon. W. Black (Preoident) ISSB General Sir A. Campbell 1^1 General Sir John Harvey 18^ Colonel Sir Wi. M. G. Colebroeke 1841 SirE. Walker Head 1MB Hon. J. H. T. Manners Sutton 1864 XV. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. . - V ■-■■■.'■..■ ' \ 1. Position and Extent. — The crescent-shaped island of Prince Edward stretches along the southern portion of the deep semi-cicular bama of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, which lies between Cape Breton and New Brunswick. It is equi-distant from both, and follows the curve of their coast line. 2. Size.— It is 180 miles long and 80 3. Boiuidarlea,>-It is bounded on the wide. Its area is 2,173 square miles, and north-east and west by the Gulf of St. it contains 1,366,000 acres, 942,000 acres of L&wrence, and on the south bv Northum- which are under cultivation. berland Strait, which is nine miles wide. PHYSICAL PEATUBES. 4. The Smface is slightly undulating, ville, Cardigan, and Murray ; south. Hills* A chain of hills extends the whole length of bore', Orwell, Bedeque, and Egmont. the Island ; but in no place do they reach 7. GFeoIogy.— The prevailing rock is any high elevation. soft, reddish sandstone, probably of Per- 5. nie Coast Aidentatlons are very mian or Triassio age, and covered by a red numerous ; the chief are : Hilloboro' and loamy soil, of gren^ fertility. Portions of Richmond Bays, penetrating the Island from the upper coal measures appear to occur in opposite directions, and dividing it into limited patches, on the south side of the three separate peninsulas. island; out no iron, coal, or gypsum has 6. Bays. — The chief bays on the north been discovered. side are Holland and Richmond : east, Col- 8. The Soil is reddish loam and of ez- JBaMr(ti»0t.—Wha,t is said of responsible ROTemment P Who were the governors of the Province P Describe Prinee Edward Island— ita position, sise, boundarie... surfkoe, coast indentations, bays, Ac ai Ii ic ti P la tG ifi sc A la di II lai THE BRITISH COLONTE8 PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. 89 1\ em 18SS 1826 1829 ISSO mi 1999 ISA , JJSK , 18M of ex- cellent quality ; it is free fromroek, easy of are rare ; and winter, Uiough cold, is agree- tillage, and very productive. able. Summer, owing to the insular charao- 9. The Climate is remarkably healthy ; ter of the country, is tempered by the sea and is milder than that of the adjoining breezes. The autumn is generally very continent. No epidemic prevails ; the fine ; the blue sky, with the changing tints Asiatic cholera which ravaged the adjoining of the foliage in the day, and the brilliaat colonies, has never visited Prince Edward Aurora Borealis at night, render this liie Island. The air is dry and bracing. Fogs most beautiful season of the year. NATURAL PRODUCTS. • " ^ 10. Vegetable. — Agriculture is the chief resource ,A -^ ^'wr^tff of the colony. Oats, whent, barley, potatoes, and turnips, are the chief staples. Hemp and flax are also cultivated. The ordinary fruits grow in abundance. (The railroad in the engraving is only prospective.) 11. Timber. — Beech is the prevailing timber ; birch, maple, elm, oak, pine, hemlock, spruce, and cedar also grow in abundance. Fire ana the lum- berer's axe have, however, greatly thinned the forests of these valuable trees. 12. The Animals, &o.— The birds, fish, reptiles and insects, ore similar to those of Nova Scotia. The fishing grounds lying along the northern shore a^e very productive in cod, hake or ling, mackerel, and herring, '/^^Zf^ which are caught in large quantities. POPULATION, RELIGION, AND EDUCATION. 13. The Population is about 72,000, at Oharlottetown, and private schools. The andismadeupof descendants of the Scotch, legislative grant for education has lately Irish, Acadian French, English and Colonial been increased to about $40,000 per annum, settlers. The different nationalities prevail A college has also been recently projected in the order in which they are named ; but by the Roman Oatholic bishop. they soon become blended in the general ^^ ReUglon. -Nearly one-half of the pooulation of the island. population are Roman Catholics. The 14. Bduoatioii.--Pnnce Edward Is- }^,(;^, ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ,^^.^^^ ^^^„^ land IS doing nobly for education. One- gi^^g. * or third of its revenue Is devoted to its pro- ' _. • - A''i 'iv> Marriage and Divorce, presided over by the Lieutenant Governor. There are also the usual inferior courts. 22. The Commerce of the island con- sists in the ex- change of its agri- cultural produce, timber, ships built at the is- land, aud fish, for British and Amer- ican manufac- tures, and for the various products of the adjacent colonies, withi which it has reci- procity arrange- ments. 23. The Bx- porte and Im- porta.— The ex- ports are valued I -«:: "'*^''l^ I C il 1( ¥ £ S fi J} m a w fii M ai 01 w in tfa Fi th pl nc Inl ac X»froi9M,—Qive the civil divirions of the Province. Dteoribe the eovemmeiit, lefislature, and ludioiary. What ia Hsid of the oommeroo. Mid what are experts and imports of the is&nd P SA^r THE BRITISH COLONIES — PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. Thcire which, rovince f by 60 Grecian ins the legsla- [islative govem- cks, are are an >uildiDg )ulatioa lU. The >t of 80 o' river, D, a fine 5ity. ■) at |1 ,210,000, and the imports at$l,600,000. In 1866, the imports were $1,426,260, and the exports $1,208,640, inclading $636,760 , for 14,910 tons of shippitig, at $86 per ton. 24. Revenue ana Ezpendltnre.— The revenue is estimated at $6£,000, and the expenditure about the same. In 1866, the revenue was $62,648. The public debt * is about $70,000. 25. The Mauufaotores are chiefly for domestic use. They consist of cabinet* ware, linens, woollens, cast iron, Ac. Ship- building, for the British and Newfoundland market, is prosecuted with considerable skill and enterprise. About 100 ships are annually built. The fisheries are very valuable. About 400 vessels belong to the island. XVI. HISTORY OF PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. ture,and 1. Discovery. — Sebastian Cabot dis- covered this island on St. John's day, 1497. From this circumstance, it was called by Ohamplain, St. John's Island — a name which it retained until 1800. 2. Original Grant.— The island was long included in the territory of New France ; and in 1663, with the MagdaTen, Bird, and Biron Islands, it was granted to Sieur Doublet, a French naval captain, for fishing purposes. After the Treaty of Utrecht, in 1716, many French families re- moved to the island from Cape Breton. 3. Cteptores.— In 1746 it was taken by the New Englanders ; but was restored by the Treaty of Aix-U-Cbapelle. In 1768, it was again taken, and by the Treaty of 1763, finally ceded to the British Crown. 4. Removal of the Inhabitants. — Many of the French inhabitants, having aided the Micmac Indians in their attacks on the English settlements in Nova Scotia, were forcibiy removed with the Acadians in 1760. llieir systematic aggression on the British colonists was much censured in France, as producing unnecessary irritation. 5. Survey and Settlement—In 1766, the island was surveyed. Lord Egmont's plan to erect it into feudal baronies was not approved ; but in 1767 it was divided Into townlands (or townships), of 20,000 acres, and distributed by lottery among AwreiM*.— Give the revenue and expenditure. What are the manuflMtureii ? Trace the history of the island flrom ito discovery, in 1487, to 1773- What is said of Washington f army and navy officers and others, having claims upon the government. Only a smaU portion of the island was reserved. The settleraeut of the island progressed very slowly under this system. 6. Separate Gtovemment.— The pro- prietors having petitioned the King, His Majesty, in 177G, erected Prince ikiward Island into a separate government, and ap- pointed Walter Paterson, Esq., the first governor. 7. Constitation Granted.— In 1778,'* a constitution, similar to those of the other North American provinces, was granted, and in that year the first meeting of the legislature took place. The government consisted of a Lieutenant Governor, aided by an Executive Council of 9 ; a Legislative Council of 6, and the House of Assembly of 24 members. Of ' '. "Sxecutive Council, three were members • f the Legislative Council, and one of the House of Assembly. This constitution was modified in 1861. 8. Washington and the Islandem — In 1776, two American cruisers, taking advantage of the defenceless state of the island, attacked and plundered Charlotte- town, carrying off the acting governor and two other civil officers. The matter hSTiog been reported to General Washington, he reprimanded and dismissed the captains of the cruisers, restored the plundered property, and set the governor and bis 92 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF officers free, xrlth many oonrteous expres* : ttODS of regret for their aufferiogs. 9. Dnlu of Kent and the Islanden. •^The Dake of Kent (father to the Queen), who for ten^ Tears resided, at different times, on the idand, as oommander-in-chief, Sid great attention to the state of its fences. He bad batteries erected for the protection of Oharlottetown ; organised the militia into infantry, and cavalry troops, and thus effectnally guarded the island from molestation during the reyolutionary war. He left in 1800; and as a mark of attachment to their protector, the islanders changed the name of tixe island from St. John to Prince Edward. 10. Quit Renta Compoaltlon>--In 1776, the proportion of rents paid bj the proprietors not being sufficient to defray the expenses of goyemmcDt, the British fmrliament made an annual grant for that purpose. In 1801, the arrears of quit rents amounted to 1800,000. To relieve the proprietaiy of this heavy burthen, the : Ck>vemment accepted a liberal composition > for the debt. . 11. Ihoreaaad Emigration.— The ef- ' feet of this generous step was at once per- ^ aaptible in t£e increased prosperity of the island. In 180S, the Earl of SelUrk (who afterwards colonised Red River settlement) took over 800 Highlanders ; their numbers were afterwards increased to 4,000. 12. The Oovemora. — Oovemor Pater- son, being accused of impeding the settle- ment and cultivation of the island, by monopoly, was succeeded by Qovemor Fanning, who, in his turn, was succeeded by Oovemor Desbarres, and then by Oul. Smith, in 1 8 1 3. Smith's tyrannical conduct, however, caused so much agitation, that he was recalled in 1828. Oovemors Ready and Young (appointed in 1881), were suc- ceeded by Sir John Harvey, in 1886 ; Sir Charles Fitzroy, in 1887 ; Sir H. V. Hnntly, in 1841 ; Sir Donald Campbell, in 1847 ; by Sir Dominick Daly, formerly of Canada, in 1864, and the present Governor, in 1869. 13. Reaponaible Oovemment— The House of Assembly having passed an ad- dress to Her Majesty, in 1847, praying for the introduction of responsible government into the Province, that system was fkiUy introduced into the island in 1861. General prosperity has since prevailed ; and every effort is now made to develop the intollec* tual and physical resources of this island. XVII. THE ISLAND OF NEWFOUNDLAND. 1. Position. — ^This island, occupying so important a place betit^en Europe and America, lies at the entrance to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1 and between the parallels of 46^ 40' and 5P 37' north latitude, and the meridians of 52° 25' and 59° 15' west longitude. St. John's, the capiti^, in the peninsula of Avalon, is only 1,640 geographical miles from Ireland. 52, Shape and Size. — It is triangular in shape, like England. Its length, measured in a curve from Cape Race to Grienet Bay, is 420 x:mile8; breadth, from Cape Bay to Bonavista, is 800 mUes; and its tt^, :>^6,000 square miles. ^ ■^if I- JbMrotoM.— WhatissaidoftheDukeorKent? How were thequit>rentsa4justed? Wbatttsaid of emigration, the governors, and responsible government f Describe the iUand of NewfimndliM. -^1, \ THE BRITISH COLONIES— ^CWFOUNDLANO. 8. Boundaries.— It is bounded on the north by the Straits of Belle Isle (twelve miles wide) ; east and south, by the Atlantic Ocean ; and west, by the Gulf of St. Lawrence. PHYSICAL FEATURES, CLIMATE, AND NATURAL PRODUCTS. A. The Coast Ziina is deeply serrated, being pierced by many fine bays and bar* bouTS. On tbe eastern Atlantic side, tbe chief are Wliite Bay, Notre Dame, fiipUttts, Bonavista, Trinity, and Conception Bays; on tbe south, St. Mary's, Plaoentia, and For* tone Bays ; and on tbe west, St. George's Bay. 5. The Surface is much diversified by mountains, rivefs, and lakes. Mossy marshes and barren rocky ridges, however, prevail in tbe interior. 0. Oeolojnr.— The stratified rocks which occur along the coast Hne consist of the following forma- tions : Goal, ntagnesian Hmestone, upper alate, lowers slate, gneiss, and mica slate. The unstratiflsd, or imeous, rock, conaists of Tsrious kinds of trap, greenstone, serpentine, hypersthene, porphyrji siemte, and granite. Except in some t^ indistinct vegetable impressions in the coal formation, no organic remtuns have yet been found. Nearly the whole peninsula of Avalon is oomposed of the lower slate formation. Granite boulders, of large aise, are found in all directions. Nearly all the hill ranges, hUtes, and h»8, lie north and south in the bland. In thia direction, too. are found the opal-beds. Th^ are eTidendy a prolongation of the coal strata of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton. Two mountain ranges run parallel to the west coast. 7. Lakes. — ^The principal are the Grand Pond, Victoria, or Red Indian Pond, Oeo^^ IV., Bathurst, Jameson's, and Terra Nevis. There are numerous other small lakes, or ponds, as tbey are called. Fresh water covers nearly one-third of tbe island. 8. Orano Pond.— This is tbe largest lake in the island. It is near the west coast, and is 60 miles ltby the first explorers was the point of junction of the Arctic current mistaken for gold, and caused great disap- from Bf^n's Bay and the celebrated Gulf pointment when its true value was known. Stream (tee page 74), and have been made Salt springs are frequent on the west coast, up of sand and the dehri» of earth, stones, 18. Vegetable Products. — Wheat is and gravel, carried down on icebergs, by not a profitable crop, owing to the cool and the northern polar current, from the Arctic moist climate, and the fogs prevailing from regions and Baffin's Bay. These icebergs, the eastward For the same reason, green meeting the warmer waters -^^ of the Gulf Stream, are here y"^^. melted, and the debrin deposit- ed. This process, going on for ages, has accumulated the vast banks of sand which are now found off the coast The deep sea soundings confirm this view of the formation of the banks. Coming from the north, die bottom of the eea is shelv- ing; bat suddenly, after pass^ ingthe outer lec(ge, the depth of water increases by an almost precipitous descent of several thousand feet Besides the Grand Bank, there are several others. Their names are: the Outer Bank, to the east ; and the Qreen,Mizen,Porpoise,and Banquereau banks, to the west 16. The Climate, though __ severe, is healthy. Winter is nn »swfovn>Li.vp i>o« {X!ami»famUiari$.)\ .KMreitM.— Describe the formations of the " Banks " off the coast. What Is nid of the dhnate t What are the minerals, aud vegsiabls products, and the flowers and shrubs of Newftmndtand P I A THE BRITISH COLONIK9— NEWFOUNDLAND. Inn- Ihs. ind. and ml ■ to rhe ble. I of reat Brly iron lany •itea was Mp* two. tast. at is and from re6n crops are productive. Potatoes, garden Te> getables, and fruit grow in abundance. 19. Flowen and Shrabs. — The Guelder and two other kinds of roses and tiie pitcher plant are natiTcs of the province. The iris, pansey, lily of the Talley, Ac, grow in profusion, besides a variety of recumbent ana tndling evergreens, shruos, Ac. 20. Animals.— The celebrated New- fonndUand dog is a native of the island ; and though it has degenerated in some 8 laces, fine specimens may still be found at le north. There are two kinds : the short wiry-haired Labrador dog, and the long curly haired Newfoundland species. .The deer, wolf, toz, and other animals exist in numbers. Land birds are numerous in the interior, and water birds on the coaat. The seal, whale, grampus, and porpoise abound; but the sea-horse, like the auk or penguin, has been nearly annihilated. 21. Fish is the chief source of the wealth and importance of Newfoundland, almost every variety of which frequents the coast. The cod is the staple fish, and abounds on the adjacent banks; herring, salmon, mullet, and capelin, are also abundant Mackerel, once abundant, has, in 1868, again returned in great numbers, after 20 year's absence. OITIL DITIBIONB, POPULATION, BELIGION, AND EDUCATION. 22. Olstilots.— The island is divided into nine electoral districts as follows: (I) St. Johns, two divisions, east and west; (2) Conception Bay, five divisions : Harbour urace, Carbonear, Bay de Yerds, Port de Grace, and Barbour Main ; (8) Trinity Bay ; (4) Bonavista Bay; (6) Fogo and Twillm- Site ; (6) Ferry land ; (7) Placentia and St arys; (8) Burin: and (9) Fortune Bay. There is but one city, St. Johns, the capital ; and five towns : Harbour Grace, Carbonear, Brigns, Port de Grace, and Placentia, all in the peninsula of Avalon. 23. St. Johns is the most eastern sea- K}rt in North America, and the capital of ewfoundland. The harbour is excellent It is enclosed by two mountidns, between which is the entrance, or "narrows," de- fended by numerous batteries. The spring tides rise five feet The city is situated on an acclivity. The principal street is a mile lonff. The chief public edifices are the Boman Catholic and Protestant Episcopal Gathedrala, and other churches ; the govern- ment house, chambers of the Lqpslature, and Lunatic Asylum. The dtv is lighted with gas and well supplied wifu water. It has several times suffered severely from fire. The trade consists in the exchan^'j of fish and oil for the commodities of various coun- tries, and the supplying of the fishermen with necessary articles. A submarine tele- graph connects the city with the American continent, vid Cape Breton ; and it is pro- posed to lay down another to Valentia, in Ireland, 1,640 geographical miles distant 24. The Population in 1857 was 119,804; besides 8,834 British subjects re- siding on the French shore from Cape Ray to Cape John. The original settlers were chiefly from Ireland, and the islands in the British Channel, France, &c. 25. In Religion the utmost toleration prevails. The numbers in 1867 were: 66,809 Roman Oatholio? ; 42.688 Church of England ; 20,144 Methodists ; 822 Presby- terians ; and 44 Baptists, <&c. 26. Bdnoation. — Elementary^ sehoola are established in every district in the is- land : of these there are about 260, attended by 16,000 pupils; besides nearly 60 Madras and other scnools, a Normal, and ten or twelve grammar schools and aoademiae. The expenditure for elementary education, in 1867, was $60,260 ; and for aoademiea, $8,760. ate? &wret«M.— What is said of the animals of the island? Which is the st^rie flsh? Give the dvil divisioms and popnlatiHS, FISHERIES, AND COMMERCE. 27. Snbmarlne Telegraph. .— New<- foundland is destined to be famous as being the oooneoting point for the submariiM telegraph between Europe and America. Already the island is connected by tele- graph with the adjoining continent. The further dittanoe from St Johns to Yalentia. in Ireland, is 1,900 English miles. Sound- ings have been taken every 80 miles of this distance ; and over an are? of 1,800 miles, the bed of the Atlantic was found to be a soft and almost unbroken level, or telegraph- ic plateau, of calcareous rock, covered with a layer of microscopic tropical shells. The gieateat depth sounded near the middle of the ocean was more than three miles. 28. Tbe Submarine Cables are made of twisted-copper wire, coated with gutta peroha, and bound with iron- wire. Seven copper-wires are thus twisted into a single cora, and that is insulated and surrounded with spun yam soaked in tar and grease. Around this rope is afterwards twisted a number of stout iron- wires, coated with line, or galvanised, so as to preserve them from rust. The cable is then ready for laving, which is done by steamers. The weight of edi>les varies from 1 to 7 tons per mile: that between Newfoundland and Ireland is 18 cwt. per mile. 29. fkibmarlne Conneotloiui.— Al- ready Ireland is connected with England and deotland by submarine telegraph i Eng- land with France, Belgium, and HoUand ; thus tbe connection between tbe continents of Europe and America will be complete. aO. The Flaheilea of Newfoundland are prosecuted by the inhabitants of the island, and, under treaty arrangements, by tb« French and Amenoana off the coast The French occupj two islands to tbe south of N«wfoundUuMi, St. Pierre and Mi(^uelon, and have a concurrent right of fishing on the Newfoundland coast, fh>m Oape Ray round bv the westward and northward ttf Oape John. The products of the fldieriea include the various kinds of fish, cod and seal, and oil and seal skiuA. The total value of exports from the island in 1866, of these products of the sea, was $6,040,000. The value of the French and American fisheries probably amounted to a nearlv equ&! sum. 31. The Commeroe of the island con« usts in the exchange of its fish, (bo, for the produce of other countries. There are about 1,000 vessels annually engaged in this trade. In addition, about 4(K) vessela usually engage in the spring seal fishery, and about 16,000 of all siies in the summer cod and other fisheries. 32. ImportoandXbqxnti.— The total value of the exports from the inland in 1807, including $1,200,000 for fish nnd furs fVom Labrador, was $8,260,000. Tlie value of the imports for the same year was $7,100,000. The balance of trade is made up in freights, and inoports for the proseea- tion of the fisheries. The chief export trade is with Oreat Britain, the Colonies, Spain. Italy, the West Indies, and the TTnited States. One ^ear after the assent to tbe American reciprocity treaty of 1864 bj the legislature of the island, the exports to the dnited States increased four-fold. Hftm* foundland has also entered into a slmilvr commercial arrangement with Oanada, ko. JErMvisM.— What is laid of the tslemphf How are submarine Uiagnuik cables made f What are the mors noted submarine telegraph oonnectious ? What is taid of the flsherles, oommeroe, tkO,f THE BBOrriSH COIiONlKlh— NKWrOUlfDLAND* 97 BaraiRTi ahs oiyil gotibnmbitt. 41k)' 33. Tba Riirviiiie md B^MOdStore are about ludf a million of dollam. In 18S4, the reyenoe irai $406,000. 34. The BaMmtlve Government oon- •ists of a goremor, and a responsible cabinet of Beven members, who most hold seats in 3Si The LejBialatim oonaisU of tbe Governor, a Legiriative Coonoil of 18 mem* bers appointed by the Crowu, and an eleo- tive House of Assembly of 80 members. 36. -ffha Jndlolary consists of a Chief Justice of the Supreme and Circuit Courts, either honse of the legislature as in Can- and two puisn6 judges. There are also tibe ada,(bo. The Gk>vemor-te-Ohiefof the Island Circuit Courts, and the Session Courts* Is independent of the goremor General of presided over by magistrates at St. Johnf» British North America. and at each outpost .,^^ XVm. HISTORY OF NEWFOUNBLAIVIT. 1. The Red Lidiane.— This Algon< quin tribe, called Bosotibic, or Bethuok, with tome I^uimo Lufians, oeoupied the Island of Newfoundland when Sebas- tian Cabot first visited it. Their food then was raw flesh. They redded chiefly in the vieinity of the Exploits River, but are now extinct. Th«y were ruth lessly exterminated by the, Kiomao Indians and the whites, who waged perpetual warfare' •gainst them. From having Sinted their persons \wiu| e red ochre found on the is land, they received the name of "Red Indians." Their mode of capturing deer was ingeni> ous. Thev out down tree* on either banks of the river, so as to Ibrm a brush fence, leaving openings, at intervals, through which the deer must pass in doing which, these unsuspecting animab be- came aaeasy prey to the hunter. There are now very few Inoiaos, if any, on the Isbmd. 2* Northem Dieoo^eiy.— It is sup- pose that Newfoundland, or Helluland, was originallv discovered by Biame, son of Heriulf Bardsou, a follower of Eric the Red, Earl of Norway, who, in the year 986 they called the place Bao-ea-la-os (the Indiae AwnrJM*.— What is nkl of the revenue, chril frovamneut, and the Red Indians ? What are Mm theories in rsgard to early northern disoovenr and Cabot's disoovery t xsD nrniAH hvvtbk emigrated from Iceland to Greenland. L«-lf, son of the Earl, is said to hnve mu'lc a second visit in the year 1000, and to have ffone as far south as Yinland (Masaachotetts), n place of grapes, Thorwidd, brother of Lief, reached Winlaod in 1002, but, retumlnff home, fell in with the Skrelling, or Esquimo Indians, and was killed. His brother Thorstein sought U> recover his body, but failed. In 1004, Thorfinn, a person of |ilIu8trious lineage, is also said to have made a voyage to Helluland, Markland ( Nova Scotia^, and Yinland. These statements are disputed ; but they are supported by various autnorities. 3. Oabof ■ I>ieoowery,— In May. 1497, King Henry YIII. despatched John Cabot and his sons on a voyage of discovery to the west. On the 84Ui June, they reaehed a pohit on the American coa*t, either La- bndor or, more probablT, Newfoondland, as thev ^ve the name of Prima Yista to the island which they disoovered. Owing to the quantitiee of cod-fish on the rr 98 GEOGRAPHY AMD HISTORY Of ♦ k*-, name for cod- fish )—« name ■till giyen' to a imall Island off the nortlwn point of the Avalon peninsula, and which would seem to indicate the precise spot *' first seen " by the Oabote. In 1498, Sebas- tian Cabot, who became so celebrated a navigator, again Tisited the island, and sail- ed as far north as Hudson's Bay. 4. Cortereal's Visit— In 1600, Oaspar Cortereal, a Portuguese, visited the in- land. He gave to Goncep> tion Bay and Portugal Gove the names they still bear. 5. First Fisheries.— Oortereul's account of the abundance of fish on the banks, induc<>(] the Portu- l^uese, in 1602, to establish the fisheiies, which have since become su famous and S reductive. The French, paniardb, and English soon followed; and in ISII, there were 60 vessels engaged in the enterprise. liie Por- tuguese soon retired, leaving the fisheries chiefly in the hands of the French and Eofflish. e. Veraaiani's^slt— In 1626, John Veraisani visited the island, and carefully examined 2,000 miles of the American coast. Upon his examination and report, the Flinch laid claim to the whole oouo^'y, under the name of New France. 7. Oartier's Visit — In 16H4, Jacques Oartier reached the island of Newfound- land, and so pleased was be with the scenery of the cape he first saw, that he sailed it '* Bonavista,**— a name it still RABAtllAH OABOT. bears. Sailing northwards, he paMsd through the Strait of of Belle Isle into the Gulf of St. Lawrence 8. OKlbsrt's Bxpeditioii.— In 1640, London, Bristol, and other English ports, actively engaged in the Newfoundland fishe- ries; and in 1688, Sir Humphrey Gilbert landed, after a nligln opposition, at St. John's, and took formal possession of the is- land in the name of Queen Elisabeth. Ool> luoting the masters and merchants, hs read AwnrfMS.— When did Gortereal visit the island, and what was the result ? What is said of Ter- MMMl'i and Career's vlslu, and of Gilbert's expedition f Who was labMtiJui Cabot f l s i«d lie 40, rU, the- «rt St. it- MMi 7w TUK i^iRITISH COLONIES — NEWFOUNDLAND. hte commicsioD. and aftennrd* pronral- gated several lavs. He was shortly after* wards shipwrecked. Id 1586, Sir Bernard Drake mane a voyage to Newfoundland, and eaptared some Portuguese ships iadeu with fisn, oiU and furs. 9. Out's Expedition.- In 1 610, James I . granted to Lord Bacon and forty others, a patent to eolouize the island. lliev sent John Ouy, from Bristol, who estabished a colony at Conception Bay. He undertook a survey of the coast, and held friendly interoourse with the Red Indians ; but sicli- ness compelled Guy and some of the party to retam to England. 10. Whitboum's Admiralty Conrts. —In 1614, permanent dwelling-houses were first erected in Newfoundland ; and in 1616, Capt Whitbourn was despatched to the island, by the Admiralty, to hold courts, empanel juries, and settle fishery disputes. Whitbourn also planted a Welsh colony at Canibriol, now called Little Britain. 11. Baltimore's Colony.— In 1624 Sir George Calvert, afterwards Lord Bal- timore, while Secretary of State, obtained letters patent from James I. granting him the entire peninsula formed by the Bays of Placentia and Trinity. I'bis he erected into a province, under toe name of Avalon — the ancient name of Glastonbury, in England —and appointed Capt. Wynn local governor, who fixed his residence at Ferrylaod. Lord Baltimore also resided there for sometime ; but finding the soil and climate unfavoura- ble, he, in 1 648, under a patent from Charles L founded the oulony of Maryland, of which Baltimore is now the capifal, and abandon- ed bit estate in Newfoundland. In 1764, hia heirs claimed the peniu^ *\ but Uie claim was disi^llowed. 12. Regular Oowemment— In 1688, Charles L gave directions for the introduc- tion of a more regular system of govern* ment, in regard to the fisheries, crime, 4c. " Fishing Admirala," or certain masten of fitthing vessels, were appointed to execute the law ; but ignorance and partiality gener> ally chnracterired their decisiona. 13. XYenoh Trlbute.—In 1626, the French established a colony at Placentia, which led to many disputes; and In 1684, rather than relinquish the fisheries, ther agreed to pny five per cent, on all fish taken, for toe privilege of fishing. The impost continued for forty years. 14. Kertk'a Settlement— In 1664, Sir David Kertk obtained a grant, and es- tablished a settlement. In 1668, there were 16 British settlements, and about 400 families on the island. Tl)ey would have rapidly increased, but for the cruel policy of thor>e who monopolized the fisheries. 15. lalandera Deported. — Orders were eveu sent out to break up the settle- ments and remove the islanders f but Sir John Berry, the governor, a humane man, remonstrated; and in 1676, the King order* ed that the removals should cease. Further emigration was, however, forbidden. 16. The War of 1692-a— The reori* minatious between the rival colonies at length resulted in a determination on the part of England and France to gain entire possession of the island and its fisheriee. Placentia was attacked in 1792; but the French Governor made a spirited acd sue- cessful defence. In retaliation, the French made two attacks upon St. John, in 1696, and blamed it to the ground. All the other British setllementa were destroyed, exoe(^ those at Bonavista and Carbonear, which made a successful resistance. An attempt was made to restrain the iuvade^a. The peace of Ryswick endeu the war for a time. 17. The War of the Snooeeelon re- vived hostilities in Newfonndlud. In 1702, Queen Anne sent out Sir Johu Leake, who made a successful attack upon the French settlements, and captured a number of ves- AiivreiMS.— What Is said of Gujr's expedition— Whitboum's admiralty eonrts—Lord Baltiinors^ eirioDjr— rsfttlar goveraoMii^rrsnoh tribute— Kertk'ssotllenient— deportation of islander^ Ae< ( XJ.#*' '■■fs^a^t' 100 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF •els. In 1708, Admiral Oraydon fidled in his attaoks upon the French. In 170^-8, Plaeentia having been reinforced from Canada, and further aid baying arrived, the French retaliated with auch visor, that with occasional reverses, they had acquired in 1708, almost entire possession of the island. The brave fishermen of Carbonear alone held out. The French held poasesi^on un- til 1718, when, by the Treaty of Utrecht, LouisXIY.ceded Newfoundland to England, retaining only the islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon off the southern coast. 18. fl«parate Province — In 1729, Newfoundland was separated from the gov- ernment of Nova Scotia and made a sepa* rate province. Captain Osborne was ap- pointed the first governor under the new constitution. He divided the island into districts, and introduced several salutary reforms into the administration of the laws. 19. Oourti BstabUshed.— In 1784, a Court of Oyer and Terminer was instituted ; and in 1742, a Court of Admiralty ; in 1789, a Court of Common Pleas ; in 1792, a Su- preme Court (both rendered permanent in 1808), and in 1811, a Surrogate Court in Labrador. Sessions Courts were also held in Uie island. In 1826, a ro^al charter re- organised the judiciary, divided the island into circuits, and auiliorised the Supreme Court to admit barristers and attorneys. 20. War of 1756.— So unprotected was the island left during this war, that in 1761 a merchant brig had to be equipped for defence ; and in 1762, tha French cap- tured St. Johns, Carbonear, and Trinity. Lord Colville at once sailed from Halifax and recaptured tbeoL The noble and patri- otic oonauct of Messrs. Carter and Garland, in provtoioning, under great difficulties, the garrisons of ^rryland and Carbonear, and rendering other services, was appreciated and handsomely rewarded by tne British Government In 1768, the treaty of Paris again put an end to the war and its evils. 21. Labrador Annexed. — In 1768. the Labrador coast was politically annexed to Newfoundland. Cook the celebrated navigator, surveyed the coasts. 22. PalUaer'a Aot.— In 1764, Sir Hugh PaUiser was appointed governor. His ad* ministration was highly beneficial, and his maritime regulations were afterwards pass- ed into a law. The navigation laws were, in 1766, extended to Newfoundland. 23. American Treatment—In 1774, the Americans prohibited the exportation of food to Newfoundland, because tne island- ers would not aid their cause. By the greatest exertions, on the part of England, the inhabitants were, however, saved from starvation. Being aquainted with the coast, the American privateers also harassed Uie colonists and destroyed their property. By the treaty of 1788, peace was restored. 24. Dtaaaten.— In 1776, the island was visited by a dreadful storm. The sea rose 20 feet; hundreds of vessels of all sizes were driven on shore, inland property was destroyed, and about 800 persons lost their lives. In 1816, St. Johns was nearly de- stroyed by fire; loss, $600,000. In 1817, two other fires occurred in St. Johns, de- stroying property and provisions to tiie value of 92,000,00a A great scarcity of food was the consequence. Many riots oc- curred. England sent relief, ana the citi- sens of Boston freighted a ship with food for the sufferers, and thus almost wiped off the stain of 1774. In 1882 Harbour Grace was burned. In June, 1846, another destruc- tive fire visited St. Johns ; and in Septem- ber, a furious hurricane ravaged the coast. Much property and many lives were lost 25. War again.— In 1792, the French republic declared war against England, and before it terminated, the United States also declared war in 1812. In 1796, the tpwn at the Baye des Boules CGuelder Rose Bay . misnamed the Bay of Bulls) was destaroysd bv the French Admiral The war was Ar«ivi«M.--Whcn was NewfoandlandflMde a separate PMviDee. and Ooortssslabliriisdr "Wlnkt is said of the wars of 1769— of Labrador— PaUlser—Amerioan treatment— disasters— and war asaint V / THE BRITISH COLONIES — NEWFOUNDLAND. 101 Otherwise advantageous to the trade of Newf ooodlaod. It was termiaated in 1 8 1 4, when treaties of peace were signed. De- Eression in trade immediately followed; nt it roTived again In 1818. 26. Soda! Progress.— In 1 803, Sunday schools were introdueed and benevoleat societies established. In 1 80*7, a newspaper was issued, now there are 9 ; in 1808, vol- unteer militia were enrolled : in 1810, efforts were made to establish freudly relations with the native tribes, but fear on their {>art prevented it; in 1822, the Newfuund- and and British North American School Society established" free" schools; in 1828 the St. Johns roads were greatly improved ; in 1880, a oourt-houae and the government house were erected; in 1836, a banking house was established ; in 1889, a geo- logical survey was undertaken ; the Roman Oatholic cathedral was commenced in 1841,' and the Protestant Episcopal cathedral in 1848; in 1846, gaslight was first used in the island, and grammar schoolo established ; in 1826 an act required the houses on two Erincipal streets, parallel to the harbour, to e built of brick or stone ; in 1847, St. Johns was supplied with water, agriculture encouraged, a public library and mecbanicd* institutes founded. Various improvements have rapidly followed, and Newfoundland now enjoys peace and prosperity. 27. Politloal Prograss.— In 1882, a Legislative Oonnoil of 9, and a representa- tive Assembly of 16 members were granted, and the island divided into nine electoral districts; in 1843, the assembly was incor- porated with the council, and an amalga- mated assembly of 26 members instituted ; in 1848, the union was dissolved, and the two housed met separately ; in 1864, the electoral districts were re-arranged and the number of members of the assembly in-' creased to SO ; the Executive and Legisla- tive Councils were also separated in 1864, and responsible government fully estab- lished. Thus has Newfoundland happily reached a period in her history that, under the paternal and powerful protection of Qreat Britain, she may enjoy the highest political and social prosperity. In com- municating to the Governor of Newfound* land, the articles of the fishery convention with France in 1857, the Imperial Govem-^ ment nobly and distinctly laid down the important principle, that no changes affect- ing the rights and privileges of the colonists would be made without the free concur*, rence of their looul legislature. This prin- ciple applies to all the colonies alike. GOYEBNOHS or NEWronNDLA.ND. - Newfoundland is the nearest to England of the North Americiin provinces, as well as the oldest of all her colonies. Many distinguished British naval captains have, from time to time, held the office of governor of the islands, as follows : — Captain Osborne 1729 Captain Clinton 1720 OspUin Yatiburgh 1737 Captain Lord J. Graham... 1740 Captain Hon. J. Byng 1741 Captain Sir C. Hardy 1744 Captain Rodney 174e Captain Drake 17IH) Captain Bonfoy 175S Captain Dorrit 1755 Captain Edwards 1757 Captain Webb. 1760 Captain Groves 1701 Captain Palliser 1764 Captain Hon. J. Byron 1760 Commoiore Molvneuz 1772 Commodore Duff 1775 Admiral Montague 1776 Admiral Edwai^s 1770 Admiral Campbell ..„ 1782 Admiral Elliott 1786 Admiral Milbanke 1789 Admirkl Kings 170S Admiral Sir J. Wallace 1704 Admiral Waldegrave 1797 Admiral Pole 1800 Admiral Gambler 1802 Admiral Sir B. Gower 1804 Admiral HoUoway 1807 Admiral Sir J. Duckworth. 1810 Admiral Sir J. Keats 1818 Admiral Pickmore 1817 Admiral SirC Hamilton... 1818 Captain Sir 0. Cochrane ... 1895 Captain Preuott 18M General Sir J. Harvey 1841 Hon. F. W. A. Bruce 1846 Colonel Sir i. G. le Mar- chant 184fy Hon. K. B. HamUton 18M Hon. C. H. Darling 1856 Sir Alexander Bannerman. 1857 E»»rei$4t.—Tnee the sodal and political progress of the Province. Who were the Govemom of Newfoundland f o 102 OSCGBAFHY AND HISTORY OP ' XaC. LABRADOR PBNINSULA. 1. Position and Area.— This extensive peninsula u the moit easterly part of British America, Its area is about 450,000 square miles, :< 2. BonndarlM.— It is boanded on th« tatoes and other tegetables do well In aome north by Hudson's Strait; on the east by seasons, in favourable spots. the Atlantic Ocean: on the south by the 9. Hid Inhabltanta on the coast are Strait of Belleisle and the Gulf and Rirer chiefly Eskimo Indians, who snbstet by St Lawrence ; and on the west by Canada fishing and hunting. In the interior ai4 and James and Hudson's Bays. 3. The Surfkoe gradually rises as it recedes from the coast. Near the centre, a range, called the Wolchi^ Mountains, forms a water>shed for the rivers. 4. Oeology.— The prevailing rocks oh the coast are granite, gneiss, and mica slate. Above these, in some parts is a bed of old red sandstone, followed by se- condary limestone. Towards the interior, the secondarv formations disappear, and the primary become predominant. 5. Soil and tflmoer, &o.— In some of the vallevs, where the soil is sandy, juni- biron, and poplar are found. Near THI BSKIHO, IN HIS KATAOK, SBAX. VUmiaQ, the Naa-co*pi, or Sooffi, and the She-sha-t** P®*"* . . . - the coast, moss and stunted shrubs prevail, push, branches of the Oree Indians, and 6. ^vera. — The principal rivers are : part of the Algonquhi fkmily. Besides the The East Main, or Stude, flowing Westward to St. James' Bay ; the Great and Little Whale Rivers, lowing westward to Hud* son's Bay ; the Eee-nog-an-is-see and Kok- ■o*ak, which, united, flow northward to fishermen who flrequent the ooast, the po* pulation of Labrador is estimated at 6,000. 10. Settlements.— The chief Euro- pean settlements on the east coast are For^ teau and Bradore Bays, Ance la Blanc ; and South Bay, Hudsons' Straits ;< and the Mes- the Moravian settlements of Naio, Okhak, ohic-ke-mau, or North-West River, flowing Hopedale, and Hebron. The Hudson's Bay eastward to the Strait of Belleisle. Oompany have also several stations. 7. The Lakes are numerous ; almost 11. Flaheriea and Commroe.— The every river forming several, by expanding prindpat articles of commeroe are whale itt its course. The chief are : Olear Water, and seal oil and skins, fish, fors, and birds' in the west : Mis-tas-ohin-nie, in the south ; eggs. About 18,000 seals are annually and Mesobickemau, in the east. taken. The annual value of the fish and 8. The Climate and Prodoota.— -The oil, dec., taken, is estimated at $4,000,000. climate is excessively severe. It is a region The exports are chiefly shipped from New- of almost perpetual snow, from September foundland. Those for 1856 were valued at until June. Cereals will not ripen ; but $1,260,000, hioluding$60,000 worth of fuM. barley, cut green, makes good fodder. Po- 12. Blatory.-i^rhe peninsula was dls- JSireroMM.— Describe the Labrador peninsula. What is said of the surlkoe, geology, soil, timber* Ann, lakes, climate, products, inhamtants, settlements, fisheries, commerce. Ac, of Labraoor THE BRITISH COLCNIE8 — HUbSON's BAY. 103 «OT«r«d hj Oabot, in 1496, and Tisited by HudsoD, in 1610. B7 the Spaniards it was called Labrador, or *'OultiTable tiaod," to diadngpoieh it from Gron, or Green Lend. It is also sidd to derive its name from the "good laboor," or fkithfol lervioes of its imabitants. It also received the name of Helldaod, from the Soandinavian North- men, who probably visited the eoast about the year 1000. In 1768, the coast of Labrador was annexed to the govemmeBt <^ Newfoondland. It was afterwards se- parated from it, hnt, in 1808, re-annezed ; and in 1811, an Imperial aet was passed, antiioriaing the holdmg of Sarroffafte Courts on the Labrador coast. The whole of the bterior, to the shores of Hudson's Btj, is claimed by the Hudson's Bay Company. XX. HUDSOXrS BAY TERRITORY. 1. Position and ISztent* — This vast territory, stretching across the northern portion of British America, includes nominally the following areas: I. ''Rupert's Jjand," embracing (as granted by the charter of Charies II. in 1670) all the country watered by risers falling into Hud- son's Bay. II. The "Indian Territories," leased in 1821, and including indefinite areas or sections drained by the Mackenzie, Coppermine, Atha- basca, Saskatchewan and B«d Bivers, &c., extending from the sources of these rivers to the Frozen Ocean ; and from the Bocky Mountains to the Pacific Ocean. III. The whole of British Columbia and Vancouver's Island. 2. Title. — ^The title to Rupert's Land is trade with Indians in those territories, for based, Ist. Upon the charter of Charles II. ; twenty-one years, from 1888. To Vancou- 2nd. Upon inc act of 1690, confirming the ver*8 Island, the title is conditional that the charter for seven vears only; and, 8rd. Company colonise it. The island may be Upon general and incidental references to repurchased by the Crown, in 1869, on the the Company's territories, in various trea- expiration of the Company's present lease ties and acts of Parliament. To the Indian of the Indian territories. This it is pro- territories, the title is based upon a grant posed also to annex, witii the Red Bivsir firom the Crown, of the exclusive right to and Sasltatcbewan districts, to Canada. Hudson's bay seotiov. parallel to the south and west shores of tha Bay itself. The principal ones are aa I61- lows : the Chesterfield, Charobill, Saskakh- e-wan, the Severn, and the Albany. 5. Tbe Gbeeterfiold is the most oor* them, and is a Ions iniet, fed by lakes, Ac. 6. The ChurcAlll rises in the slope far east of the Rocky Mountains, under the name of Beaver River; flows north-east* wards, receives the waters of the Methy and La Crosse Lakes, takee thence the name of 8. BaEteat— This portion of the Hud- son's Bay Territory includes the whole of the comitry watered by rivers flowing into ttie Hudson's Bay. The eastern or Labrador section has been already described, (p. 101.) ^ 4. The River Byetem includes the rivers to the east (tee Labrador,) south and. west of Hudson's Bay and its outlets. They are separated from 4Jie other great rivers of British North America bv a water shed or elevated chain running nr inland, almost Jb»r0<«M.— What are the position and extent of the Hudson's Bay territory f What is the nature of the title to it ? Describe the Hudson's Bsj section, its eitent and river system. 104 y.;^'r >6EOOiiAPHy and history of VisaiDipi, is again aagmented by the waters of Deer Lake, the southern outflow of Wol- laston Lake, and thence bears the name of Churchill River to Hudson's Bay. 7. The 8aa-katoh-e-waD, (or Nelson), the largest river entering Hudson's Bay, rises in the Rocky Mountains, where its northern branch is fed by Mount Hooker. Joined by the southern branch, about 600 miles from its source, the united river flows into Lake Winnipeg, and, issuing theuce, under the name of the Nelson River, it keeps north^eastwardsto Hudson's Bay. It is 1,800 miles in length, and drains an area of 868,000 square miles. Sas>katch'e-wan means the swift current a The Severn falls into Hudson's Bay. It flows north eastward, from a source near lake Winnipeg, if not from the lake itself. 9. The Albany has its source in Lake St, Joseph, in latitude 61°, and flows east« ward nearly 400 miles to J&mes Bay. HUDSON'S BAT AITD TBIBrTABY LAKIS. 10. Hndeon's Bay is an extensive medi- terranean sea connected with the northern Atlantic Ocean by the Hudson's Strait. The southern prolongation is called James' Bay, from which the distance to Repulse Bay, in tbe north, is 1,000 miles. Its greatest width is 600 miles ; depth, in the middle of the Bay, 160 fathoms. The coasts, except at the south-west, are high, rocky, and rugged. It was discovered by Henry Hudson, in 1610, who perished on its shore. 11. The Lakes.— Winnipeg is about 240 miles Ipng, and from 6 to 60 miles wide. Directly westward, and parallel to it, are the two lakes, Winnipegoos end Manitobah, which, together, are nearly of the same ex> tent as Winnipeg. The Lake of the Woods is a fine sheet of water, 68 miles Ions, and from 16 to 26 miles wide. It is dotted over with beautiful islands The other lakes to the south are St. Joseph, Sal and Cod *, and to the north, Deer and Wollaston. BED BITEB AlfTD SAB-EATOH-E-WAN BEOTIOir. 12. Extent. — ^This section includes the ralleys of the Asshiiboine, Saskatchewan, (2 branches,^ Beaver, (Churchill,) Peace and Athabasca rivers. It also includes the 260 miles of the navigable part of the Red River, Lake Winnipeg, &c. Its leoffth, from the Lake of the Woods westward to tlie rocky mountains is 900 miles, and its breadth, from the United States boundary 49*north latitude to the mouth of the Peace Birer, Lake Athabasca, 700 miles. It in- cludes an area of 600,000 square miles ; Mid is equal to France and Austria. Red River was settled by Lord Selkirk, in 1811. 13. Climate.— At the western part the winters are comparatively short and mild, similar to those at Chicaga Southward the climate does not differ much from that of Canada. To the north it is colder. 14. Prodnota. — Prairies abound with timber on the river banks, especially on the Upper Saskatchewan. At the base of the Rocky Mountains, immense coal fields exist It is also rich in other minerals. At the south and east the soil is very good, and grain and vegetables are easily cultivated. Ilie principal animals are the beaver, fox, wolf, moose, red deer, elk, bear, and buffido. k MAGEEVZIB BITEB BECTIOIT. 15. Extent, ftc-^-This section extends waters of the Great Bear, Great Slave aa along the Mackenzie River from the Arctic Athabasca lakes. Its area is about 442,- Sets near Russirn America, to the interior 000 square miles. Forests and coal abound. .BiMreiM*.— Dncribe Hudson's Bay and the tributary lakes : also the Bed Biver, Saskatcbeivan and Maokensie Biver sectiona,— their extent, climate, and products. 12. ^:^.. THS BRITISH COLONICS — HUDSON 8 BAY. 105 46. The Maokensia Rl^ar is sap- ewed to be 2,500 miles long. It rises in oant Brown, near the sources of the Oo- lumbia River, and under the name of the Athabasca empties itself into the lake of that name. The Peace Riyer also flows into this lake. Under the name of Slave River, it discharffes the western waters of Lake Athabasca mto Oreat Slave Lake, and is here a mile wide. Emei^ing at the 3.W. extremity of this lake, it takes the name of Mackenzie River, and flows northwards to latitude 59° where it receives the waters of Oreat Bear Lake, thence to the Arctic Sea, which it enters by several mouths. Its other tributaries are Hay and Tuni-affain rivers. The Mackenzie flows through a vast plain, and is said to be generally navi- Sible except at the base of the Rocky ountains where it is interrupted by rapids. Forts Simpson, Norman, and Good Hope are on its banks. It was discovered and navigated by Sir Alex. Maekentie in 1789. Fish, alum, salt, and mineral-tar abound. 17. The Chief Lakea in this section are the Great Bear, Great Slave, and the Athabasca. The Great Bear Lake lies under the constellation of the Great Bear, hence its name. Its area is 14,000 square miles. It is the most northern lake in America, and is very irregular in shape* Its waters are transparent. Oreat Slaye Lake is 800 miles long, by 50 broad. It is irre^Iar in shape, and its northern shores precipitous and rugged. It is named from the Slave Indians. Aylmer Lake and the Coppermine River (200 miles long) ar« north-east of this lake. Athabasca Lake is 230 miles long, by 220 wide. It discharges by two outlets, an eastern and western. BRITISH COLUMBIA. » 18. Extent. — This new oolonj extends from the Arctic Sea to the United States boundary (40*^ N. latitude), and lies between the two ranges of the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean. 19. The Rooky Monntalxui proper, extend from the Arctic Sea to South Amefloa (where they are called the Andes), and are T'^OO miles long. In British America taey are sometimes called the Chip>pe-way-an Mountains. In Mexico they are called the Cordilleras. The parallel ranges in British Columbia ar^ the Blue and the Cascade Mountains. The principal peaks are Mounts Brown and Hooker, the former 16,000 feet and the latter 16,690, above the sea-level Between these two peaks there is a pass called the At-ha*bas-ca portage. Its summit is elevated 1,800 feet. 20. Rivera.— The Fraser is (he principal river. It is 600 miles long, and falls into the Gulf of Georgia, opposite Vancouvei^s Island, six miles north of the United Stat«;.4 boundary line, where it is a mile wide. The northern branch of the Columbia River, whiuh takes its rise near Mounts Tom and Hooker, runs parallel to the Fraser River, and is joinedby Flatbow River at the United States boundary-line. The Columbia is the largest river on the Pacific coast Its length is 1200 uiiles. New West Minster, on the Fraser River, is the capital. YANOOUTEB'S ISLAITD. 12. eutnatlon and Bztent.— This and from Washiuj^ton territory (United island, situate on the Pacific coast, is 278 States) by the Straiu of Juan'de*Fuca. miles loaff, and 60 or 60 miles wide. It is 22. The Surfaoe is marked by inter- separated from the New Caledonia by tiie secting mountain ranges and extensive Oalfof Georgia and Queen Charlotte Sound; prairies. Nimkis is the prirHpal river. J7awrc<««a.— What is said of the Mackensie river and the chief lakes f Describe the New Caledonia aad yanoouver'N bland sections— their extent, climate, physical features, and natural products. 106 GSOORAPHY AND HISTORY OF The harboun are ; Victoria, or Oamosaok, and Nootka*Soand. There are also nu- merous small Islands and promontories. 23. The Climate is crasidered very fine. There is UMe frost, and vegetation begins in February. The summer is hot, ttie autumn dry, and the winter stormy; fogs prerail, and rains Ml heayily. 24. Natural Prodnote— The agricul- tural capabilities of the island are very great. The prineipal products, in addition to those of the soil, are furs, obtained chiefly from the beaver, racoon, hmd and sea otter. Fish of the most valuable kind abound on the coast. Gk>ld and coal of an excellent quality, are also found in lar^e quantities. Vancouver's Island and British Columbia were in 1868 created into aBritish Oolony under one goverment. Victoria on tibe isl^d is the Capital. XXI. HISTORY OF THE HUDSON'S BAT TERRIT0R7. 1. Discovery. — ^The Hudson's Bay (or Hudson's Sea) is said to hare been reached by Sebastian Cabot, in 1517. In 1523-4, Yerazzani sailed up the coast as far as Davis' Straits, — which were reached b^ Davis, in 1585- Various other English navigators sailed northwards, in quest of a north-west passage to India ; but it was not until 1610 that Henij Hudson reached the Straits and Bay now bearing his name. 2. Other Voyages.— Button, an Eug- had relinquished his claim to the territory) lish navigator, visited the Bay in 1612; Bylot and Baffin, in 1616; and Fox and James, in 1681. Baffin and James' Bays were traced out and examined by these navigators, and received their names. 3. The Connection with Canada to grant rrince Rupert and others a charter for traffic, in furs and peltry, in those ex- tensive r^ons, then called Aupert's Lend. This was the origin of the famous H\idson's Bay Company's charter, in 1670. lliis charter; was, in 1690, confirmed by an act was maintained by canoe, alone the Sague- of the British Parliament, for seven yearn. nay river, and thence overiand to the Bay, l|y the Quebec Fur Company, established by Cardinal Richelieu, in 1627. Tadousac, at the mouth of the river, was their chief tradinsr post in Canada. {See page 61, § 7.) 4. Engllah Trade.— The treaty of St. Oermaine, in 1682, confirmed the whole of the Hudson's Bay territory to France ; and De Orocelier and Radisson, two French Canadians, visited it : but having failed to induce their own governments to promote trade in it, they went to England. Prince but has never since been renewed. 6. Frwich and BngUah Coi^ofai hi the territory were the consequences of this charter; and Chevalier de Troyes was despatehed with troops from Quebec, and, in 1686, succeeded in capturing the princi- pal forts of the company. At the treaty of Ryswiok, in 1697, and even up to 1718, the company had only Fort Albany left. 7. Cession to Bagland.— In 1718, however, the whole of the Hudson's Bay territory was, by the treaty of lTtrecht| Rupert entered warmly into~their scheme, ceded to England ; and in 1768, the whole and despatched them on a trading voyage 5. Charter to the Hudson's Bay Company. — ^They reached Nemisco, now adled Rupert River, and their report being very favourable, Charles 11. was induced (though, by the St. Oermains' Treaty, he of British North America. The company has since remained in possession of the ter- ritory, but without auy definite title. 8. Nortfa-West Company of Cmi- aCa. — In 1766, various traders, compdtt- tors with the company, engaged in the tar Bxereieet.— When and by whom was Hudson's Bay discovered f What is said of other vasfxtr- connection with Canada— Bnglish— trade— charter to Hudson's Bay Company— couflicts-'-and oestfonr THX BBITItK GOLOiniB — ^EUDBOV'S BAT. 107 for Inde. Their h«ad-ouftrtera wero at Mon- tr«J; and they fMlowed the old Freaeh routM Into llie interior. In 1784, theie traders united, and formed the North-West Gompany of Canada. This nev company direeted its trade chiefly tm the north- vest, vid Lake Superior, towards the Pacific Oeean and Columbia River. They even sent trading ships round Cape Horn. 9. xTorth-Wast vompany't Bx- plorattons.— In 1798, Sir Alexander Mac- kensie, a partner in the North- West Com- pany, made his famous journey from Canada, across the Rooky Mountains, to the Pacific Ocean ( the first ever made north of Mexico), and discovered Frazer River. He afterwards discovered and explored the Mackenzie River. In 1811, Mr. Thompsm, the astro- nomer, discovered the northern or main, branches of the Columlua River, and de- scended its stream to the Pacific Ocean. 10. Lord SeUdrk'B Colony.— In 1811, the Earl of Selkirk purchased a tract of country from tiie Hudson's Bay Com- eny, lying between the United States undary and lakes Winnipeg and Winni* pegoos, since called the Red River Settle- ment. In 1821, he brought settlers from Scotland for his new colony. (Swiss were afterwards introduced ; and in 1828, French Canadians.) In 1841, he appointed Captain Miles McDonell, (who was governor of the company's district of Assiniboine, snperin- tendent,) who issued a proclamation for- bidding the appropriation of provisions except to the use of the oolomsts. This assumption of exclusive jurisdiction on the part of the Hudson's Bay Company, ex- cited the bitterest feelings on the part of the North- Western Company, and gave rise to the fierce contest of — * U. Tbe Rival Companlas in the Indian territories; during the progress of whioh the colonists were twice expelled, Ukd many lives lost, including that of Go- TomorSemple. In 1816, Sir Gordon Drum- mood ssntpwt of a tegimmt from Qoebee to preserve order, and to restrain tiM violence of both campaniea. In 1821, th«^ feud ceased, and the rival aoupanies wer« amalgamated. When Lord Selkirk (tted» the company resumed the porohose, uu con- dition <^ {wyiog a certain quit-rent. Mosi of the original settlers left the colony. The number of residents now amounts to about 7,0C0. It is a mixed popdatioo. 12..NewLMa«^In 1888, Her Majesty granted to tlie company a license of exoln- sive trade for twenty-one years. The> operations of the oompany were gradually withdrawn to the interior. The license expires in 1869, but may be renewed. 13. Vancouver's bland was sup- posed to be part of the main land until 1789, when an American captain sailed round it. It was visited, in 1792, by Van- couver, who named it after himself mkI Quadra, the Spanish Commandant at Noot* ka Sound. In 1849, it was conditionally granted by the Queen to the Hudson's Bav ompany, for tbe purpose of settlement, until 1869, when it will be resumed and erected into a separate colony. The Gover- nor is now appointed by the Crown, on the nomination of the company. He is aided b^ a council of seven ; and is authorised to divide the island into electoral districts and convene an assembly. 24. TtorltoxlalDivuiona.-TThe Hud- son's Bay territory is divided into eeveral districts, which are embraced in four larg» departments, viz. : Northern, with thirty-five forts or stations, and a dep6t at York Fort (the camtal of the territory); Southern, twenty-five stations, and depdt at Moose Factory ; Montreal, thirty-four stations, and depdt at Lachine ; and Colombia, twenty- two stations, and its depdt at Fortv^'an-^ eouver. Total : Four depots, and 112 forts or stations, in each of which there is a force of from four to forty men. There are also^ numerous smaller posts and outposts. Jb)0re<«M.-^What is said of tbe Nortb-Weit Company andits exploration.— Lord SeUdrii's edyanj •-the rival companies— new kase— Vanoonver's Islindr-and territorial divlslonaf 108 *■■ GEOGRAPHY AND HISTOI 15. The Territoilal Bzporti are chiefly furs and skins, at follows: Bearer, otter, flsher; blaok, white, red, oross, and silver fox ; buflklo, wolf, wolyerine, martin, mink, seal, bear, and musk-rat ; swan, deer, racoon, and yarious smaller animals. Also fish, oil, feathers, quills, and walrus ivory. The annual value is about $2,000,000, and the net gdns to the company, $200,000' The chief portion of the furs, dec, is sent to London, to be sold at the annual trade sale; but )ar^e quantities are exported direct to tiie United States, Canada, &c. 16. The Territorial Government is administered by a chief Governor and council, residing at Montreal; and by dis- trict snperintiaiJMMi end coondls of chief factors and flUef tndtn in the Tarlous districts,— at the prlnotMl of which there is also a recorder, tncrifl^ and coroner. Trial by jury has been established. 15 Compoaltlcn of the Company. — ^The company consists of 240 proprietors, (representing a stock of $2,000,000,) who elect a commitee of seven. The affairs are managed by a governor and deputy governor, resident in England. 18. The Population of this vast ter- ritory is estimated at 90,000, including 68,000 aborigines belonging to the Blackfeet, Assiniboine, Cree, Athabascan or Ohippe* wayan, and Slave tribes r-f Indians.' XXII. THE OTHEIl BRITISH COLONIES IN AMERICA. 1. General Remarks. — The oldest and youngest British Colony is in the American group of dependencies, viz., Newfoundland, and the Bay Islands. Nearly 300 years after Sir H. Gilbert took formal possession of the Island of Newfoundland, in the name of Queen Elizabeth, a charter was granted by Queen Victoria, erecting the Bay Islands into a separate colony. During that time Britain occupied, but has been dispossessed of, the whole of the southern portion of North America; while she, in turn, has dispossessed an ancient and chivalrous rival power at the north ; and with a characteristic tenacity and vigour, she has further extended her conquest over many of the islands o£P the American coast, as if to compensate for the irreparable loss of her thirteen noble colonies, in 1776. The insular colonies so acquired are as follows : — ^The Bermudas, the Bahamas, Jamaica, the eight Leeward Islands, the four Windward Islands, Trinidad, St. Lucia, British Guiana, Honduras, Bay Islands, the Falkland Islands, and Pitcaim'g Islands, The whole of tnese colonies, including British North America, amount to twenty -nine. THE nERMUDA ISLANDS. 2. Situation, &0 — This cluster of 866 3. Name and EUatory, Ac— Thei^- islands is situated in the North Atlantic lands received their name after Bermuocz Ocean, 580 miles from cape Hatteras, North Carolina. The area is about 12,000 tores. They are almost surrounded by coral r^efs (the only ones in the central Atlantic.) (Bermoothes), a Spaniard, who discovered them in 162*7. They were also called Somers, after a broUier of Sir George Somers, who cqlMiiad them in 1611, and A; Sxereiset.—VfhtA is said of the territori&iri('r"inme''' and< —and the populationf Give the general rera.ti'ks in rc-gdrd to 1 ition of the Oompany Ish colonies in America. ■'*„ BRlTtSB AMERICA. 109 on whot. report the Vir^nia Company 4. Commeroe, &0 — The principal ex- claimed them, but sold their right to 120 ports of the colony are arrow-root, pota- persons, who received a charter from James I. in 1612. In 1619, a repress, nta- tive govemment was established. In lb 24 the Bermudas were made a convict station toes, onions, and palm-leaf. The population is ahuut 11.000. Hamilton, the capital, is situated on Bermuda, or long Island. The largest harbour is St. George's, a fine bay. THE BAHAMA ISLANDS. "-' • ; ^l k i ( 5, The Bahamas, a group of 500 is- lish, in 1629; and in turn were occupied lands north-west of Cuba and east of by the Spaniards, buccan eurs, French, and Florida, bcfw«^3n which and the Bahama English. By the treaty of Yergaillcs, in Islands th' GuVf Stream («ee/)a^e 74) flows 1788, they were finally ceded to England, into the Atlr mIc. Their area is 5,000 A representative government was estab- square miles. They are chiefly long and lished in the islands an hundred years ago. narrow, ^ d formed of calcareous rock. 7. Commeroe, &c. — The chief exports 6. History. — San Salvador, one of the are salt, sponge, and fruit, which amount in islands, is nupposed to be the famous spot first repcbod by Columbus, on his great voyage of discovery. They were taken possession of by the Spaniards, who re- value to about $200,000. The revenue and expenditure are f 160,000. There are 50 schools, and 2,000 pupils. The population is about 30,000. Many of the settleri>, in moved the inhabitants to Hispaniola and 1786, were United Empire Loyalists. The Gumana, to work the mines, and act as pearl capital is Nassau, New Providence — a well divers. They were colonised by the Eng- built city, defended Jsy two forts. THE ISLAND 8. Situatioii &0.— This most impor- tant of the Oreat Antilles, and the largest of the British West India Islands, is 90 miles south-west of Cuba, in the Caribbean 1 00AL1V& Av mmiLV btbamsb at xivesToir, jaxaioa. OF JAMAICA. - Sea. Its general appearance is very beau- tiful. Its length is 150 miles, width 60 miles, and area 6,400 square miles, or 4,000,000 acres. The Blue Mountains, in ^ - • many places 7,000 and 8,000 feet high, tra- verse its entire length. Its vegetation is exu- berant and beautiful. 9. History.— Ja- maica was discovered by Columbus, in 1494 ; colonised by the Spaniards in 1610 ; taken by the forces of the English Com- monwealth, under Cromwell, in 1666. In 1661, a constitu- tion was granted by .ZUwretfM.— Describe tke Bermuda and Bahama Islands, and the island of Jamaica— their poaition, areas, phytiiwitftatures^coiomerce, and hiiloiy. 1^" \-w no GEOGRAPHY AND HI8TOR\ OF Charles II. In 1662, the island was divided into parisheB, and a free tenure introduced. Tn 1 676, repreHCiitati ve govemment was sus- ¥ ended ; but, in 1780, restori-d and modified. be Maroons, or runaway slaves, obtained a grant in 1788, and built two towns, on the north side of the island. In 1807, the im- portation of slaves was prohibited ; and In 1833, f^lavery was abolished by the British Parliament, and apprenticeship instituted, his systen'' was abolished by the local legislature, in 1838. In 1848, Turk's Is- land and the Caicos were detached from th') Bahamas and annexed to Jamaica. In 1852, and 1864, the present coustitu- tion wns modified and adopted by the local legislature. 10. Commerce, &c.— Trade is exten- sive. 1 he chief exports are sugar, rum, mo- lasses, indigo, cotton, coffee, pimento, ginger, arrow-root, logwood, mahogany and other fine woods, honey, bees-wax, and cocoa-nuts. The annual value is about 15,000,000. The revenue and expenditure arc $1,000,000. There are nearly 250 schools, attended by 14,000 pupils. The population is 400,000 ; 3.000 troops ; and 18,000 militia. Spanish Town is the capital, but Kingston is the chief place of trade. Ocean steamers stop here to obtain a suj; ply of coal. {See p. 109.) THE LEEWABD ISLAITDS. 11. Position, &c. — This group consists Tliough mountainous and rugged, the val- of several islands, ns follows: Antigua, leys are rich and fertile. Population. 23,000. Dominica, Montserrat, Nevis, St. Christo pher, Anguilla, the Virgin Islands, and Barbuda. They are south-cast of Porto Rico, and the most udrth-easterly of the West India Isles. The capital is St. John's. 12. Antlgna, the principal island of the group, contains 70,000 acres. It was named bv Columbus, who discovered it in 1498, aner a church in Seville. It was granted to the Earl of Carlisle, by Charles I. in 1626; was afterwards occupied by the The chief towns are Roseau and St. Joseph. 14. St. Christopher's or St. Kitts, 20 miles long, by 5 wide. It is traversed in the centre by a mountain ridge of vol- canic origin^ in the middle of which rises Mount Misery, 8,711 feet high. The scenery is beautiful ; the soil rich and fertile ; and the climate dry and healtiby. There ard four rivers, and several salt ponds. Hurri- canes occur occasionally: a terrible one nearly destroyed the island in 1772. Sugar French, but captured by the British, and and molasses ar<^ the chief exports. Colum deolared a British colony, hj the treaty of Breda, in 1666. The coast is indented and rugged. The int-^nor is highly diversified and the climate dry. The population is about 40,000. The chitif towns are St. John's, Falmouth, and Paxham. 13 Dominica is 29 miles long, by 16 wide. The area is 18,000 acres. It was dla- oovered by CoIumbuD, in 1498 ; settled by the French, about 1600 ; was occupied as bus discovered the island in 1498 ; it was then inhabited by Cariba. In 1626, ihe Eng- lish and French simultaneously colonised the upper and lower portions. Ciontesta and ninh were the consequence. In 1788, it was ceded to En^^land. Basseterre is the capital. Its population is 7,000, and that or the island, 21,000. The island of AngaiUa is a dependency. 18. MontMrrat, an oval-ahaped island, nentral ground, iu 1748 : ceded by France is Iji miles long by 7i milsi broad, with aa to England, in 1768 ; constitution granted area of 80,000 acres. It was named hj in 1764; seised again in 1778, but finally Oolnmbus after a mountain in Barcelona; restored in 1788. It is of volcanic origin colonised by Irish, fh>m St Ohristopher's, and the highest of the lesser Antilles, in 1682; constitution granted in 1689; In- Awre^tfM.— Describe the Leeward Islands t Antigua, Dominica, 8t. Christopher, and Monssrret -4hsir situation, wt9Dt, commerce, and histoij. ^ BRITISH COLONIES IN AMERICA. Ill )P ^ [by 1 1n- vaded by the French in 1712, but coofirmed to England in 1783. Two-thirds of the sur- &LCe are mountainous and barren ; the re- mainder is well cultivated. The population is 8,000, and is chiefly coloured. The chief town is Plymouth. 16. Nevis is a single mountain, two miles south of St. Christopher's, with an area of 20 miles square. It was colonized by Sir Thomas Warner, from St. Christo- pher's, in 1628 ; and a constitution gt-anted to it in 1664. Population, 10,600. 17. The Virgin Islands are a group of 100 small isles, east of Porto Rico. They occupy a space of about 100 miles long, by 20 wide. Fifty of them, including an area of 60,000 acres, belong to Britain, of which Tortola is the chief. The others belong to Denmark and Spain. The ex< ports are : sugar, cotton, rum, indigo, and fruits, <&c The islands were discovered by Columbus, in 1494. They were visited by Dutch buccaneers in 1648 ; afterwards annexed to the Leeward Islands, and oolo> nized by the Eng^lish, from Anguilla. The population is about 10,000. Tortola is the capital. 18. Barbnda was first colonized from St. Oh.iBtopher's by Sir T. Warner. Its area is 76 square miles. It was granted to the Codrington family, in 1684, and is still held by them. The island is fertile, pro- ducing com, cotton, pepper, and tobacco. The population is 1,800. THE WINDWARD ISLANDS. 19 Extent — This group (also called the Caribbees) includes Barbados, St. Vin cent, Grenada, the Orenadines, and Tobago. They were consolidated into one govern- ment, in 188S, onder a Oovernor-in-Chief, rendent at Barbados. 20. Barbados, the most easterly, and the chief of the group, is 20 miles long, by 18 wide. Area, 166 square miles. It is nearly encircled by coral reefe. The surface is diversified and picturesque. The ^ geological features are interesting. It is rich in coal and other mineral, but has no J>reciou8 metals. It is one of the healthiest slsnds in the West Indian Archipelago. Rein falls in November and December. Hurricanes and violent thunder itormi ooeur in summer. Of the 106,470 acres which it contains, 100,000 are under culti- vation— 40,000 with sugar-cane. The ex- ports oonsist of sugar, arrow root, aloes, and cotton, and are valued at $6,000,000. Tbe population is 186,000. Bridgetown Is its seat of government. It is a handsome and well-bttilt city. Oooriugton College is site- sted here. 21. History. — Barbados was first visited by the Portugnese; and by the English in 1606. In 1626, Sir W Oourtenay established a colony ; and Jamestown was built in 1684, in honour of King James I. In 1686, Charles I. authorised the Earl of Carlisle to make laws for the Island, witii the consent of the free inhabitants. The first act of the Assembly was recorded in 1646. Subsequently disputes took place between Lords Pembroke, Carlisle, Wil- looghby, Marlborough, and Kinnoul, as to alleged claims, in respect to the island, ' which had been extensively colonised dur> ', ing the civil war of the Commonwealth. 22. The OoTemment consists of a • (Joveroor-in'Chlef over the entire group | (at present the Hon. Francis Hiucks, n < Canada, «m page 71), an Executive Lm1s« ' lative Oounoil of 10, and an Assembly of 24 ' members, elected annually. 23. St. Vlnoent Island, discovered br "^ Ccdumbus, on the festival of that saint, m 4 100 miles west of Barbados. It is 17 miles long, by 10 wide. The ares Is 182 square miles, or 84,000 acres. A ridge of high volcanic hills, well wooded, runs north snd " south. Soafiiriere, a volesniie mountsin, is^ Jtowvge of Kie- aers," who are chosen for life by tLe rate- payers. There is also a College of six Fi* nancial Representativesv elected for two years. This college and the Court of Policy form the combined court, or General As- sembly of the colony. The population is 160,000, including 8,000 aboriffines. The chief towns are George Town (we capital), Amsterdam, Berbice, and Demerara. II. HONDUBAB AFD THE BAt ISLANDS. 36. Honduras is east of Yucatan, in pation was recognised ; and also by the Central America. Its length is 170, and its treaty of Utrecht,in 1718. Sir W. Bumaby t^ 1.. .^^ __..._ »T. i-i-.j. ,•- introduced representative government, and breadth 100 miles. Numerous islands lie along the coast, which is swampy. The in- terior is wooded, and the soil in the valleys fertile. Climate moist, but not unfavorable to vegetation, and not unhealthy. The principal rivers are Beliee, Rio Hondo, and other English forms, in 1766. A code of laws was drawn up ib 1809. The civil government now consists of a Superintend- ent, an Executive Council of nine members, and the " Public Meeting," or Legislative eiboon. Sugar, cotton, coffee, indigo, ma- Assembly, of 21 members, — 17 elected, and hogany, cedar, dye-woods, and tuitle, are four nominated by the Superintendent, the chief exports. Value, $2,600,000. Gapi- 37. The Bay IslailcU (in Hoadv.ras tal, Balise, Belize, or Waliz, a Spanish cor- Bay) are dependencies of Honduras, under ruption for Wallace, — the name of a noted a chief magietrate, appointed by the Stt- English pirate, who frequented the principal perintendent. In 1862, tfaev were, by let- river. The coasts were explored by the ters patent, erected into a colony, under the Spaniards, in 1498. In 1670, British oooa- name of the '* Ruatan Bay Islands." in. THE FALKLAITB ISLAFDS AVD FITOAIBK^B IBLAVD. 38. The Falkland Silaiida are si- tuated to the east of Patagonia. They consist of two large and about 150 smaller islands, comprisinff an aggregate area of 8,600,000 acres. East Falkland is 86 miles long, by 68 wide; and West Falkland, 80 miles long, by 40 broad. They are separated by a narrow sound. The Whole Sattreitet.—QWe the histonr of Britiah Guiana. nLThe Falkland Islands and Pltotf m*fe Island. group of islands is very mdch indented with bays, sounds, and Harbours. One divides East FalkUnd nearly in two. Ridges of rooky hills prevail, between whidi, in many places, are found streams of stones. The climate is equable and salubrious. There are no trees ; but sweet- scented flowers abound. Cattle, horses, Describe, II. Honduraa and the Bay Msmts t BRITISH COLONIK8 IM ASIA. 115 and vegetables are the chief prodnoU. The ielaodB were ditcovered by Davis or Haw- kiiis, in 1 592-4. In 1690, they were visited and named by Strong. In 1710, a French vessel touched at them, and named thera Isles Malouinea. They were alternately held by France, Spain, England, and the Aj^entine Republia In 1888, they were tidien poBsesaion of by England, for the Sroteetion of the southern whale fishery, tanley is the capital. 39. Pitoalm^s Island, in the Pamfio Ocean (24^ south latitude, 180" west longi- tudeX vf^ discovered in 176*7, by a son of Mi^or nteidni, on board of H.M. sloop '*Swalbw." It contains 2,000 acres. Iti chief interest is derived from the history of the remarkable colony founded here by John Adams, one of the mutineers of the English ship " Bounty, " and twenty-six other persons, in 1790. The colony was first visited in 1814. In 1825, it had in* creased to 66 persons. In 1888, Oum* mander Elliott took possession in the namq of Her Majesty, ana drew up laws for tha government of the islanders. In 1851, the population was 160. Whalers visit it for provisions. The colony has been removed. XXni. BRITISH COLONIST IN ASIA. 1. This Group includee British India, and the islands of Ceylon, HoQg Kong, and Labuan, and the Stations at Aden and Isle of Perira. BRITISH INDIA. 2. Area. — British India, continental and insular, oomprieee an area of nearly 1,000,000 square miles. It is divided into four.^ 3. Classss Qf Tsnritoiies, viz. : L Those governed directly through the East India Oampany; U. Dependent Native States ; III. IndependeDt Native States un- der British protection ; and IV. Stations. 4. fflnwstan belongs to the first class. It is trianffular in shape, and is bounded on the north by the Himalayan Hountiuns; oa tile east by Burroah and the Bay of Bengal; on the south by the Indian Ocean ; and on the west by the Arabian Sea, BeloocbistAn, and A%hamstan. Its area is nearly 1,SOO,- 000 square usiles : the British, 887,412 ; Native, 627.910; French, 188; and the ■ Portuguese, 1,066. Its great rivers are the Indus and the Oanges. The Himalayan Mountains, at the north, are the largest in the world— some of Uie peaks being 28,000 feet above the level of the sea. A. Tha Potttioal Divlalona include the three Preaidenoies, via. Bengal to the east, MAdraa to the south, Bombay to the west; the niorth west Provinces, and the Malacca Straits settlements south of the Malay peninsula. 6. The Sumreme Ooyernment is vested in the East India Qovemment, re* presented by a Court of 18 Directors, and under the supervisiou of a Board of QoSf trol, appointed by the Grown, and coo* sisting of certain Oabinet Ministers. The Governor General is appointed by the Com- pany, subject to the approval of the Grown. 7. nie Local Oowemment consisUf of a Governor General and Council of 11 members, with the Lieut. Governors of the other four subordinate divisions. The seat of government is at Calcutta, in Uie Pi«si- denoy of Bengal, and on the Hoogly. It is 5,000 miles from London. 8. Bistory.— Hindaatan was, for 1,800 J ears, alternately the Seat of Greek, Tart»r» [ohammedan, and Mogul rule. At tha latter end of the fifteenth century, it WM colonised by the Portuguese; and in tba 17th, by the Dutch, French, and EngUa^. J!««rdM«.— For what is Pitoatrn's Island noted ? Which are the various British colonies in As|a f Dflsoribe Ind^ or Hladostan- OUe its pQlitloal diviaious, government, and history- 116 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP THE In 1699, the British East India, or London, Company, was formed : received its charter in 1000 ; and established its first factory at Bantam, in 1602. Its charter was fre- qnetly renewed, and additional factories established. In 1662, the island of Bom- bay was ceded as dower, un his marriage, to Charles II. In 1698, Fort William was erected, and the district around Calcutta purchased. Viotorious wars have since added to these possessions, nntii British India has now become a mighty empire. In 1867, an extensive mutiny broke out among the Sepoys, or native soldiers. It has since been subdued. The government of India has been transferred to the Crown. 9. The Chief Exports are: indigo, linseed, opium, cotton, sugar, silk, wool, salt, coffee, pepper, saltpetre, and rice. The annual value is about $127,600,000. 10. PopnlatiOD, Ao.-.The population of the East Indies is estimated at nearly 200,000,000 (viz., British States, 182,000,- 000; Native, 60,000,000: French, 204,000; Portugues, 314,000), and chiefly consists of Hindoos, .Mohammedans, and about 100,000 Europeans. The army numbers 800,000 men; and the navy, 60 vessels, 25,000 tons. Frahmanism is the prevailing religion of the Hindoos ; but Christianity has Deen extensively introduced by varions missionaries. 11. Cities. — Calcutta, in the Presideney of Ben^l, is the capital of British India. The cuier chief cities are ; Serampore and Patna (Bengal), Benares, Delhi, and Agra, in the north-west Provinces; Lucknow, in Oude; Lahore, in the Punjaub; Bombay; Hyderbad, in Sciode; Madras; and Singa- pore, in the Malacca Straits settlement THE ISLAND OF CETLON- 12. Physical Features, &o.— The is- land is pear-shaped, and is 60 miles south- east of Hindostan, with which it is almost connected by two islands, and a shoal called ♦' Adam's Bridge." It is 270 miles long, by 100 broad. Area, 24,664 square miles. The north coast isflat,butpicturesque at the south and east, where the interior is mountainous. 13. Products, Ac— The island is highly fertile, and produces coffee, ciunamon, and cocoa-nuts. The talipot, tamarind, bread-fruit, palm- trees, and Chinese pitcher plant also flourish. The ex* ports amount to $7,600,000. 14. History and Go- vernment — Ceylon, an- ciently Taprobane, is called by the natives Singhala* It was known to the Oreeks; Tisited by traders in the 6th, by Maroo Polo in the 18th, and by Sir J.Man- deviUe in the 14tb centuries. Originally divided into a number of petty kingdoms, it was finally reduced to one under the King of Kandy. In 1606, the Portuguese es- tablished trade, and became its protectors against the Arabian pirates. The Portu- guese were expelled by the Dutch, who were in turn expelled by the British. In 1816, the Kandyans sought the intervene tion of the British to depose their tyranni- cal king. This was done ; and Ceylon has since become a British colony. In 1818 and 1849, disaffection showea itself, but was suppressed. Trial by jury was in- troduced in 1811. The Cingalese and Roman-Dutch laws, unless when re])ugnant to British law, are still administered. The government consists of a Governor, an Executive Council of five, and a Legisla* tive Council of fourteen members. 15. The Chief Towns are Colombs, the Capital ; Trincomalee, Eand^, Jaffha,aDa Point de Galle. There are six distrieta. The Population of 1,600,000, is ohieily Hindoos. are: JKv#ro<4M.^What are the eiports and popnlstion of India f Name the chief cities. Peseribe the Island of Oeylon— its physical features, products, and history. Which are the chief towns I BRITISH COLONIES IN AUSTRALASIA. 117 THB IBLAKD OF LABVA.V. l& This Island is 80 miles north-west of Borneo, in the Malay Archipelago. Its length is 10 and its breadth 6 miles. It was oolonised by Sir James, or Rajah, Brooke ; THE ISLAND OF HONO KONO, OB "BED HABBOUB. and, by treaty with the Saltan of Borneo, was made a British colony in 1846. Sir James was appointed governor. Coal is found in the island. 17. This Island lies a quarter of amilo off the Chinese coast, and 76 miles from Canton. Its length is 10 miles ; breadth, 7i ; area, 2*7 square miles. It was ceded, as Iiart indemnity, to Great Britain, in 1841-2. t is chiefly composed of loft^, bcu'ren rocks ; but since it became a British colony its commercial value is very great. Victoria* the capital, situated on a splendid bay and harbour of the same name. The po- pulation, chiefly Chinese, increased from 6,000, in 1842, to 87,000, in 1852. By the Chinese it is called Hiuig Kiang, *' fragrant flowing streams." the AUSTRA.Ii, OR ZXIV. THE BRITISH COLONIES IN SOUTHERN, ASIA. !• This Group includes the Provinces in the great island or conti- nent of Australia (or New Holland), Tasmania (or Van Dieman's Land), and New Zealand. THE ISLAND OB OOWITSETfT OF ATTSTBALTA. 2. EUme and Pbysioal Features.— Australia is 2,600 miles long, by 1,900 broad. Its area of 8,000,000 square miles ia compact, the coast having few large in- dentations. The gulfs are; Carpentaria and Cambridge to the north ; and Spencer and St Vincent to the south. The bays are; Moreton and Botany Bays, to the east ; Fort Philip to the south ; and Shark Bay to the west The south and east coasts are mountainous. The ranges are called the Warragongs, or Australian Alps, and are divided into the Liverpool and Blue Mountains, &o. Torrens, a Salt Water Lake, shaped like a horso-shoe, extends northwards from Spencer Oulf. The Mur- ray, at the south east, with its tributaries (the Darling, &&), 1,600 miles long, is the only large nver. The interior is supposed to DC an immense plain, destitute of vege- tation, with island hills here and there. 3. Climate and Prodnots. — The olimate, although anomalous and variable. is salubrious. From the interior come hot winds and a fine dust, which insinuates itself every where. Long drought?, and as long rains, prevail. Most of the water is absorbed in salt marshes and swamps. When the rain foils, vegetation is rapid, and pasture abundant. In addition to the gold-fields, Australia is rich in iron, copper, tin, coal, and other minerals. M'ext togold, wool and tallow are the chief exports, as Aus- tralia is a vast grazing country, and abounds i.j flocks and herds. The annual value of the exports, $70,000,000. The animals are of the marsupial (or opossum) tribe, of which there are forty kinds, from the great kangaroo to the kangaroo-rat. There are no ruminating animals ; and the only carni> vorous land animal is the dingoe, or wild dog. The platypus, or duck-billed otter; flymg fox. and the lyre bird, are the most singular of the animal tribe. Reptiles are abimdant The trees are also pe- culiar; the principal are the leafless beef- JKwreteM.— Describe the islands of Labuan and Hong- Kong. Which are the British Coloniet In Aostralaaia f Describe Australia— its physical features, climate, products. 118 6B06EAPHY AND HltTORT OF TSS wood, the gum-tree, the grasB-trse, myrtle^ or tea tree, aod the yellow wood. 3. Tll9 FoUtloal Ptvialons are New South Wale9, Vietoria (gold colouiea) QueeiM land, South Australia, and Western Auatra> lia. In New South Walea, South Australia, and Victoria, consUtutions similar to that of Canada haf« been established ; and West- ern Australia has a single nominated Qenn- oil. The population ol the Turiona t^nt-r vinees is ^bout 786,0Q0, 9. the ClUef Towns are Sydoey, tb9 capital of New South Wales. It contains many fine public buildings and a population S STDHBT, THB CAPITAL OF VBW SOUTH WAI«SS< of 70,000. Melbourne, the capital of Vic- toria, laid out in 1887, has a population of 100,000 ; Geelong, 26,000 ; Ballarat, 80,000; Adelaide, the capital of South Australiai 10,000. Perth is the capital of West Aus- tralia, A railroad conuects Melbourne with Mount Alexander gold-fields. 6. Hiftory. — ^Torres, a Spaniard, visited the northern coast in 1B06 ; the Dutdi did so about the same period ; and Dampier about 1770. In J7'70, Capt, Cook visited and named Botany Bajr. He took possession of the coast in the name of George III. In 1788, Oapt. Phillips landed at Port Jack- son, with 18Q convicts. New South Wales remained a convict station until 1840.. Jp 1808, an insurrection of the colonists de- posed Governor BU^h. A Legi^atlye Council and trial by jury w^re establish^ in 1829. This council was made elective in 1848. The fi^'st steamboat Tas launche^f and a college established in 188^ Ooi^ti- tutlpns were granted in 1890. In 181^1, gold was discovered by Edward Hargreaves; since which time emigration has poured In^ and now the colonies gained by George |li, in 1770^ bid fair to rival, in wealth i^a prosperity, the American, lost in 1776. JEmroJSM.— What are the political divisions of Australia? synopsis of the history of Australia. Name the chief towns. Oive a 'It- BRITISH OOLOIflBS EN AV8TRALA8IA. 119 gator, discovered the ishuid id 1642, and ^led it Van DiemaD, after the Dutch East Indian Ooveraor. Capt. Cook Tinted it in 1769. Dr. Bass circumnavigated it in 1*797. Hie first convict settlement from New South Wales, was made in 1808. These stations were, in 1868, confined to Tasman Peninsula and Maria Island. In 1864, the present constitution was granted; and in 1856, the name of Tasmania formally given to thfc colony by the Queen. 11. Norfolk Island is 900 miles east of Australia, and Was until latellr attached to the goyemment of Tasmania. Its area is 9,000 acres. It is a beautiful island ; and until 1858, a penal colony for desperate offenders. It was discovered by Capt. Cook, in 1774. Her Majesty has been authorised to declare it a separate colony, and the in* habitants of Pitcairn's Island are being removed hither. {See pag0 l\6.) '7. Blie, Ac— This island, 100 miles sotlth ofYietoria, is heart-shaped. Its length is 1 88, and its breadth 1 66 tuiles. It has an area of 24,000 square miles. The north-east and west shores are bold and roc^. At the north and south there art good harbours. The lAterior is mountainous and ragged, and the peaks numerous. The scenery abng the coast opposite Bruni Island ii very fine. Theprin* cipal rivers are the Tamar and the Derwent Several beautiful lakes are in tiie interior. 8. Tile Climate and Produots.— The climate is colder and more humid than that of Australia ; but the natural ra-oducte ftnd animals are nearly the same. The chief exports are wool, wheat, flour, gold-ore, and timber ; annual value about $7,600,000. 9. Tbe Qovernment. &o., are similar to those of Canada. The population is about 71,000. Hobart Town is the capital. 10. HiBtoxy.— Tasman, a Dutch navi* tfiE ISLANDS 07 NEW ZEALAND. I 13. thiu Chrotip is directly east of Tasmania, ' lOtd oonstttb of three principal and a number of Btttaller islands : New Ulster, Munster and Lein- feteik>, ftft. The length through their centres is ■-^ l,*i00 miles ; area, 106,116 square miles. They , ^ik'e tnountainous and volcanic. The elimate is ' ' humid and beautiful, and the soil fertile. Owing . in th«irge6graphicaiposttion, June is mid -Winter T iad January midsummer ■*- the compass also >\ ^ints to the MUth. The rivers ai'e numerous, \ DOt none of them are liarge. Ferns of almost ' tevery variety and site, and fla:x, grow luxuri- kf*^j. The wingless bird is the only remarkable ^ specimen of the animal kingdom ; fldhare abun- ^,muit. Copper, sdlphur. Iron. gold. ^., are aleo ^und. Tne islands were nrst discovered by ^ltemau in 1641 They trere flnt settled in 1816, Halnd ereoted into an independent coldny in 1840. "▲tiekUnd, the capital, Wellington, Nelsod, and .OiUitelrbary are the chief towns. The bopulatioU , isaboutl60,000,ofwhich 80,000 are whites. The A Mftories, o- natives, belong to the Malay fiumly.,^,„„ „„ or ir.w wai.ai.i> (AfHrfm ammn*.) ■KrvrntM.— Describe tasmanisr-its size, physical features, climate, products, and government. Daiorlbe the islands of New Zealand. What is said of the wingless bird? •c * ^,;is f-'^'^ 120 r GEOGRAPHY ANPHBISTORY Or VBK XXV. THE COLONIES IN OR NEAR AFRICA. 1. These Colonies include the Cape, Kaffraria, Natal, Sierra Leone, Gambia, G-old Coast, Mauritius, Seychelles, St. Helena, and Ascension. THE CAPS COLONIES. 2. The South African colonies include the Oape of Oood Hope, British Eaffraria, and NataL The most important is — 3. The Cape Colony, which is bounded on the S.E. and W. by the Atlantic and Indian Oceans, and on the N. by the Orange River and tributaries. The length is 620 miles, and its breadth 480; area, 160,000 square miles. It is divided into provinces and districts. The coast is not bold, but consists of a series of headlands, the principal of which is the celebrated Cape itself. The in- terior consists of a series of plains and moun- tain TBLK^ctB, rising one above the other, until the continuous line of the Rog^eveld, Nieu- weveld and Winter Mountains is gained. On the other side of this range the country again recedes towards the Orange River. Olifant is the only other river of importance ; both fall into the Atlantic. The climate is variable ; hot S.E. winds sometimes prevail. There is little rain. 4. Natural Produots. — Wheat is ex* teusively cultivated. Of the native plants the he&ths and silver tree are the most cele- brated. A thorny vep^etation, (aloes, Sic.,) called the bush, prevails in the eastern part. The pork tree, yellow tre^,Hottentot's bread, and many rare botanical plants also abound. The most important animals are the giraffe, elephant, rhinoceros, hippopotamus, lion, panther, hyena, buflhlo, antelope, springbok, ^. Snakes and other reptiles are abundant. The chief exports are wool, skins, wine, iron, ostrich feathers, «Mrfbe the Mauritios and SeyoheUes Islands. What is said of Sierre Leone, the a«BU» Bi?«r and QoldOaHl settlements t St. Helena and the Ascension Islands? R 122 «BO&1UPflY AND nitrrOKY, ETC* XXVI. BRITISH DBPISNDSNOISSS M iSftmOPE. 1, These Dependencies are the Ionian Islands, Mialfca^ Gibraltar, Heligoland, Isle of JVfan, and the Channel Islands. Thej are not oolonios, in the ordinary sense of the term. THE IONIAN ISLANDS. 2. TblsQvonp lie«off the wMtooMt of Greece, oppoaite the Ou!f of Iiep»nto. and includesCorfti, Oeuhalonia, Zante, Santa Maura, Theaki (or Ithaca), Puo, Cerigo. and several other smaller ialets. United area, 1,092 square miles. Their Burfkce is mountainous; with some fertile pMns. Products: wheat and other .grains, wine, olives, currants, &c. Ship-building is a branch or indus- try. Value of exports, $2,000,000. The population is 280,000. The chief towns are, €orfti, Zante, &o. 3. History.— Gorfii, the ancient Gorcyra, was originally a Corinthian colony ; afterwards it be- came part of the Roman empire; It was under Venice, fh>m 1386 to the diNolation of that re* fublio, in 1796, when it became a French colony, n 1799, it was taken by the Russian and Turkish fleets, and placed under the protection of Turkey ; Stain restored to France in 1806*9; taken by ngland in 1810; and by the treaty of Paris, ist 1814, declared a flree state, under the protection of Great Britain, that power oiccupying all th« fortifi.ed places. The government of the repnblio is in the nands of the islanders, subject to the ap- proval of the British Lord High 0,ply indented. The snrftuie is rocky, with very little soil* Cotton is the staple. The vine, figs, oranges, and olives are abunolant. The Maltese cats abound here. Being central in the Mediterranean, it is a great Commercial dep6t. It has flne docks, tainedby England when tl|e Imehy waa reUn* guished. to 460N.lat 1608 He explores and names the Bay of Fundy 1604 Quebec founded by Champlain 1608 River Hudson discovered oy Henry Hudson 1610 First contest of France and England in America at Mount Desert, Penobscot river 1618 Acadia named Nova Scotia and granted to Sir William Alexander by James I. . . . 1621 Colony and trade of Quebec placed in the hands of the Company of 100 associates 1627 lint ploughing with oxen at Quebec 1688 Quebec captured by Sir David Kertk 168» Charles I., by the treaty of St Germains, cede* to Louis XIIL New France 1688 Jeeait CoIIm^ founded at Quebec 1686 First horse brought into Canada and presented to Governor M. de Montmagny . • . . 1647 Iroquois massacre of 400 persons at St. Ignace 1649 Extermination of the Eries by the Iroquois 1664 Conquest of Jamaioa 1666 First authentic account of the Falls of Niagara 1668 Francis de Laval, first Roman Catholic Bishop of Quebec, consectated 1668 Quebec Seminary (Laval University) established 1888 Pontiao's capture of nine British forts on the great lakes |.«..« 1888 Tranalation of the Bible into Indian b} Jie Rev. J. XUot 1888 Horses generally introduced into Canada 1888 French West Indian Colonies panted to French Weet Indift OompMf t>7 Ck^Mrt. . 1888 M. de Tracy's expedition ^OOa^es Inland againsi the Indltiis . . • ^» 1888 ^RONOLOGICAL PACTS. 125 Peace with the Indiana, and visit of Perrot, 1,200 miles west of Qaebec 1607 Ravages of small pox among the Canadian Indians 1670 Formal submission of the Indians to the French King 1671 Hudson's Bay Company established 1672 Forts Frontenac and Michilimackinac built 1678 Discovery of the Mississippi by Jolliette and Father Marquette 1678 First vessel launched on Lake Erie by De la Salle 1678 Stockade fort built at Niagara by De la Salle 1679 Louisiana visited and named by Father Hennepin 1682 De la Barre's menace and treaty with the Iroquois 1684 Estimated population of Canada 17,000 in 1685 Denonville s expedition against the New York and English Colonies 1687 English treaty with the Iroquois renewed 27th June 1688 Iroquois massacre at Montreal 26th July 1682 Unsuccessful attack on Quebec by Sir William Phipps 1690 Death of Frontenac at Quebec, aged 78 1698 Peace concluded with the Indians by Governor De Callidren 1699 First newspaper published in America 1704 Gibraltar taken by the British 1704 Hemp and flax first raised in Canada 1705 Colonel Schuyler and five Indian Chiefs went td England to induce Queen Anne to reduce Cfanada 1710 Ginseng discovered in Canada by Father Lasitan 1715 Acadia ceded to England and settled 1748 Halifax, Nova Scotia, founded 1749 New Style adopted and eleven days gained in the calendar of Great Britain 1762 Great earthquake in Canada 1765 Massacre of British soldiers at Fort William Henry (Lake George) by French Indians 1757 Oape Breton, Isle Royal, St. John, and Fort Frontenac captured 1758 First Assembly hi Nova Scotia 1758 Oaptore of Qaebec by Wolfe, and Niagara by Sir William Johnson 1769 Surrender of MontrMi, Detroit, and Fort Michilimackinac to the English 1760 Treaty of Fontainebleau and cession of Canada, Nova Scotia, Cape Breton, ice.,. 1768 OaptmiD Jamss Cook surveys the Gulf of St. Lawrence 1768 FInt newi^per published at Quebec, 2l8t June 1764 Ihpl* Si^ar first tudi in New England I70r 8tr Junes Mnmy, first British Gorsmor of Canada 176 Stamp Aet agresd to bj Oanada and Nora Sootia 1705 AddNSi to (naadiaos asUag tham to join in the American Revolution 1775 l^afeat of MoatgoDMiy and Arnold befora Qnabeo 1776 AmeriiBO DaeliuratioB of bdopandoaos . 1770 Ittdiiv of Amorioaa Unitsd Kmpira Lojalisto in Nova Sootia 1788 Bomoral of tho Iroqnois Indians to Oanada 1784 iBcttshOriaioal Law btiodnood into Canada 1784 Vow Brvnswkk aaado a Mparato provinos 1784 ifii«rdiaeoloiMHn.....V~ 1788 lltofFr«dorlokoaasUiladbjr8lrO«jOartolon(LordDorohsster)... l78f BarofLowtrOinadijifwiissd.... 1785 126 CHRONOLOGICAL FACTflfk Firat Session of the General Assembly of St John, New Branswiok It86 Botany Bay first visited by Captaic Cook llVt Division of Upper and Lower Canada 1*191 Oolonel John Graves Simcce, first Lieutenant Governor of Upper Canada 1792 First Upper and Lower Caiada Parliaments 1702 Upper Canada divided into Districts 1792 Tnal by jury established in 7pper Canada, 16th October 1792 First Protestant Episcopal Bishop of Quebec 1798 First Marriage Act of Upper Canada passed 1798 Slavery abolished in Upper Canada r . . . . 1798 Court of Queen^s Bench established in Upper Canada 1794 Uf^r Canada Law Society incorporatea 1795 ^(tradition of Criminals from Canada to other British Colonies authorised 1797 UiH>er Canada divided into Counties 1798 ^SAlta taken by the British 1^00 English Criminal Law, as revised, introduced into Upper Canada, 4th July 1800 Slavery abolished in Lower Canada 1808 Grammar Schools established in Upper Canada 180f First Steamer in America ; Fulton^s on the River Hudson 180T First Steamer at Quebec *.*■-•; ^^^^ American declaration of war and invasion of Canada .*......•... 1812 Detroit taken, and battle of Queenston 1812 Battle of Stoney Creek, 6th June 1811 York (Toronto) taken by the Americans, 28th April ^. 181S Battle of Chrystler's Farm, November 1818 BaUb of Niagara, 19th December 1818 Qiwego and Fort George taken b^ the Canadians 1814 Treaty of Ghent between the United States and England, 24th December 1814 Tr«aty of Paris, and French right to Newfoundland fisheries confirmed 1814 The Upper Canada Parliament grants $4,000 to erect a monoment to Sir laaoo Brook 181S Common Schools first established in Upper Canada 1816 Her Majesty the Queen bom 24th May 181» Uniform Provincial ourreBoy (6s. to tlie dollar) established • • 1821 Tithes abolished in Upper Canada (in 1 821) assented to 182l Welland Canal Company incorporated ...».,.«, ..,.«•••• 18M( First Roman Catholic Bishop of riQDgstonS Upper CmmU. ItSf Sounty of 1600 to each paper-mill established in Upper Cfoada ••..*.*•*•.•.••« IfSff iS^ing's College, Fredericton, New Brunswiok, oharteied If '^ Ckwstruction of Rideau Canal authorised • •••• Toronto University chartered ,.. • «.« *• l^reebyterians, Methodists, Baptists, Oongr«gatioiuiliata, Ito, Mt ho ri M to hoM church property ,< • ....••..••«.•••« llSli Naturalisation Laws of Upper Canada asaeated to T^er Canada College esUbUahed «.*•* •*• i.« U MeOiU College (Med!ealFaeuUy),MoDtrial. established , U Hlnisters of various religious persnaaiooa authorised to solemiihi maWmniiy Ill] trn>« Canada Aoademy(yietorlaOolfeBg«XCIobOQif,eetobUMII*«« lUt CHRONOLOOICAL PACTS. 127 Firat obolera at Qaebe« 1883 Ouada Provincial Peoitentiaiy established at Kingston 1888 Remarkable aurora and shooting stars in America 1888 Standard weights for gnin fixM in Upper Canada 1888 Begiopolis Omlege at Kingston established 1885 Ooart of Chancery established in Upper Canada 18;i7 Agricultural Societies established in Upper Canada 188Y AMession of Queen Victoria, 20th June 188*7 Great fire at St John, Neir Brunswick 1887 Canadian insurrection 1887 Lunatic Asylum established in Upper Canada 1889 Firat Protestant Episcopal Bishop of Toronto 1889 Lord Durham's Report published 1889 Union of Upper and Lower Canada 1840 First Cunard steamers to Halifiuc 1840 University of Queen's College, Kingston, Upper Canada, established 1840 Upper Canada Magnetical Observatory established 1840 Umversity of Victoria College, Cobourg, incorporated 1840 Congregational Theological Institute, Toronto, established 1840 Municipal system introduced into Upper Canada 1841 Common School system revived in Upper and Lower Canada 1841 Treaty of Washington, N. E. boundary settled 1848 Oregon treaty and extradition of criminals with the United States agreed to 1848 Toronto Ukdversity opened 1 848 Bishop's College, Lennozville, Lower Canada, incorporated 1848 First Qtioen^ Assembly of }fewfoun(^nd 1848 Knox's College, Toronto, estabUfthed 1844 United Presbyterian Divinity Hall established ». 1844 OeoI(»ieid SoiTey of Canada authorised 1844 First Roman OattioUc Bishop of Toronto 184fi Oreat Fire at Quebec 1845 Bdncational System of Upper and Lower Canada established 1848 Vonnal Sehool of Upper Cfanada esteblished 1847 Jonraal of Bdacation for Upper Canada established 1848 St Joseph's College^ Bytown, estabUabed 1849 pMt Omoe management transferred to Canada 1849 Oanada at the Induatrial Exhibition, London 1 849 ITniTersitv of Trinity College, Toronto, eetoUiihed 1861 LaTal UniTersity, Qinebee^ duirtered 1868 St klohael's OoUege, Toronto, eetnbliahed 1862 Bedprooity Treaty with the United States 1864 Omnd Trunk Raflway eonmeneed ' 1854 Clergy Reeerre Question settled 1864 FlntBoRiau OathoUe BIshope of Hamilton and Sandwich, Upper Canada 1868 BeUerllle Methodlat Epieoopal SeminaJr eetaUUhed 1867 Three Normal Spools add two Joomala of Education eetabliahed in Lower Canada 1857 firat Proteetant Iniscopal Bishop of Huron, Ppper Canada 1 857 Deeimal ayitem of maney adoptad in Canada, fat January 1958 .^4 128 ^ TABLE OF PRECEDENCS. The flilTer and oopper decimal coin for Canada first circulated 1868 The 100th Regiment of the Line raised in Canada 1868 Atlantic Cable between Ireland and Newfoundland successfully laid 1868 Second Monument to Sir Isaac Brock inaugurated at Queenston 1869 New buildings of the Toronto University and University College completed .... 1869 Completion of the Victoria Bridge, Montreal 1869 Grand Trunk lUulway connection completed from Detroit to Portland 1869 Statutes of Canada and Upper Canada consolidated 1859 XVIII, TABLE OF PRECEDENCE, FOR CANADA, NOVA SCOTIA, NEW BRUNSWICK, NEWFOUNDLAND AND PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. ,, , ,> .,., ^ T of n( in wi N K The Governor General. " The Lieutenant Governor, or Administra- tor. The Commander-in-Chief. ' The Bishop. The Chief Justice, Queen's Bench. The Chancellor. The Chief Justice, Common Pleas. , The Vice Chancellors/' The Pui8n6 Judges.* The Members of the Executive Council The Speaker, Legislative Council. * In the order of their appointment. The Members of the Legislative Council. The Speaker of the House of Assembly. The A^mbers of the House of Assembly. Heads of Departments not in the Cabinet. The Archdeacon. Commissioner, or Comptroller of Customs. The Surveyor General. The Clerk of the Executive CounciL The Clerk of the Legislative OounoiL The Clerk of the House of Assembly. The Deputy Heads of Departmente. Other Civil and Military Offioen. ef be Ui B i 1 In the Press, to be published in the Spring of 1860. LO YELL'S GENERAL GEOGRAPHY, BY J. GEORGE HODGINS, ESQ., M.A., Embellished with about 40 superior Maps, and \00 fine Engravings* This GEOGRAPHY, while it is designed to furnish a satisfactory re'sumd of geographical knowledge of all parts of the world, will ^Te equal promi- nence to the BBITISU COLOI^IES, concerning which such meagre information is generally found in works of this kind. It is designed and will be a suitable Text Book for children in CANADA, NOVA SCOTIA, NEW BRUNSWICK, NEWFOUNDLAND, PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, the EAST and WEST INDIES, AUSTRALIA, &c. The Maps and Wood-Cuts are now in course of preparation, and every effort will oe made to expedite publication. The work will, at the latest, be in the Bookstores in the Spring of 1860. Price $1. JOHN LOYEUj, FublUher, 'Montreal, Nov. 16, 1859. .. In preparation. EAST LESSONS HI FOR THE USE OF TOUNQER PUPILS; JBeing Intarodnotory to LcrreO's Oenenl Gbognphy. To lie embellished with Maps and lUastrntioni, . BT J. OlOROS HODOIKB, ESQ.. M.A. MoiIkmU Not. 1^ 1859. JOHN LOVELL, I „t. .% ? Just PublMhed. \ -J NATIONAL ARITHMETIC, i^ IN THBOET AND PEACTICE, DESIGNED FOR THE USE OP CANADIAN SCHOOLS, BT JOHN HERBERT SANGSTER, ESQ., in thA Normal School for Upptr Canada, t • • J , c « Ifoiitfeal, NbV. 16, 1869. JOHN LOVELL, Printer and PtAUthtr. LOVELL'S SERIES OF SCHOOL BOOKS. • Just PnWished, PINNOCK'S IMPROVED EDITION OF Da OOLDBMITffS HISTORY OF ElSraX. A TSri>, From the Ifwaaion of Julitta Cmtasr l9 tif thM nf Gtmg9 11^ "With questionf for ezandnatioD si the ^ qf 'mii ^Mtlon* ^Hnte a variety of yalnibie bdatiSaOmmSAtA tlrt«ii^iittiiii6 IriHI^ cttiiMlii^ of Tab' >B of Costemporaiy 8a?«i«igi», and m Emiiieiit Baraona; ocipioiii Ezpitmatoiy Noleai B«mirb| on w P(^iti««, limnra aiNl Idtoniture df the Age, an Outliiia of the Odaimitiioii, 4ird. Itli)tol»iiit6t im iW of jlfanual •! AiMiMt,|MR4Mod«m Hiatoi^^ Jf^im OatuMS^' Eni sutl Edition. Kontroa]* Nor. 16, 1869. JOHN LOnSLL, Printer mdPtitHtkin i.m^ '.^^ ■mt-.r-- In pTAparatioD. ^' A SCHOOL HISTORY OF CANADA, t -*.*, s^ * y-i. AKD OF - TH£ OTHER BRITISH PROVINCES. WITH ILLtJSTRATIONS. BT J. OEORGE HODOINS, ESQ.. M . A. JOHN LOVELL, FStblither, ."■M f*r: In the Frees, and shortly will be published : THE IMPROVED ETYMOIiOGICAL SPELLING BOOK; BY MXAN8 OF WHICH ^ jZ%« hitherto aijlculi art of Orthography is rendered easy and pleasant, and iteqwred m ufmHh of ike iteual time. With leveral hundred Exercises <>n Etymologies, Equivocal Words, and Yerhal Diitinetiiwi. BTO.G. VASET. A UbonA dJMOHit «ffl he ■ttMraAto the l^rade and to Country Merohants. JOHN LOVELL, PubUehor, In the ¥tmnm4 thortty wttl to faUUiMl : eSAMMAB MADE EASY OA^lOmr OF OfiHOUBN. AriWlM. Igfkmm* Mm iiiw. • iMtiiU* 4f Ae flmf ff f ip ittk i» BT \ 0. VA8BT. A liheni diKoiint win he allowed to ihe Trade and to Conntij llenhaiilt. Canada Diekotoby Officb, JOHN LOVBLI^ Montreal, Nov., 1859. PnUkkm. „„.-i.^^tuaamt-: rfjitilli. l^ijE,, ^ The Subscriber haying engaged skilful and experienced Workmen, and '■ being provided with the latest unproved and most extensive Machinery, is i^ now prepared to execute BooKBi:isrr>iJsra IN EVERY VARIETY OF STYLE AND FINISH. LIBBABIES BE-BOUND, and BOOKS BEPAIBED, at moderate rates. BLANK BOOKS MANUFACTURED^^ To any pattern. A large supply always on hand, The Edges of Blank and Letter-Press Booka MABBLED for the Trade^ at short notice. All kinds of BOOK AND JOB PRINTING, Carefully and promptly executed, on the most reaBonable tenns. JOHNLOVmiL, PHmkrmi BoaHMm^. Canada Directory Officb, Montreal, Decembw, 1859. LOVELIi fe GIBSON, PR RS AND 800KBINPRS, }¥ YONGB AND MSLINOA 8TS1ST8, lONTO. T-*if 1 Workmen, and ve Machineij, is FINISH, moderate rotes. JREDu nd, > for the Trader G, 'letenaa. VBLL, / C-'»- -I mi.